Krishna.mobi - fast, clean Vedabase reading Library
Default ViewAdvanced
Dual Language
Before Verses
Bengali
Verse Text
Synonyms
Translation
Purport

CHAPTER SIX

The Liberation of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya

A summary of the sixth chapter is given by Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura in his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya as follows. When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu entered the temple of Jagannātha, He immediately fainted. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya then took Him to his home. Meanwhile, Gopīnātha Ācārya, the brother-in-law of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, met Mukunda Datta and talked to him about Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s acceptance of sannyāsa and His journey to Jagannātha Purī. After hearing about Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s fainting and His being carried to the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, people crowded there to see the Lord. Śrīla Nityānanda Prabhu and other devotees then visited the Jagannātha temple, and when they came back to the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to external consciousness. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya received everyone and distributed mahā-prasādam with great care. The Bhaṭṭācārya then became acquainted with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and arranged accommodations at his aunt’s house. His brother-in-law, Gopīnātha Ācārya, established that Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu was Kṛṣṇa Himself, but Sārvabhauma and his many disciples could not accept this. However, Gopīnātha Ācārya convinced Sārvabhauma that no one can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead without being favored by Him. He proved by śāstric quotation, quotations from the revealed scriptures, that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was Kṛṣṇa Himself in person. Still, Sārvabhauma did not take these statements very seriously. Hearing all these arguments, Caitanya Mahāprabhu told His devotees that Sārvabhauma was His spiritual master and that whatever he said out of affection was for everyone’s benefit.
When Sārvabhauma met Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, he asked Him to hear Vedānta philosophy from him. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu accepted this proposal, and for seven days He continally heard Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya explain the Vedānta-sūtra. However, the Lord remained very silent. Because of His silence, the Bhaṭṭācārya asked Him whether He was understanding the Vedānta philosophy, and the Lord replied, “Sir, I can understand Vedānta philosophy very clearly, but I cannot understand your explanations.” There was then a discussion between the Bhaṭṭācārya and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu concerning the authority of the Vedic scriptures, specifically the Upaniṣads and Vedānta-sūtra. The Bhaṭṭācārya was an impersonalist, but Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu proved that the Absolute Truth is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He proved that the conceptions of the Māyāvādī philosophers concerning the impersonal Absolute Truth are incorrect.
The Absolute Truth is neither impersonal nor without power. The greatest mistake made by the Māyāvādī philosophers is in conceiving the Absolute Truth to be impersonal and without energy. In all the Vedas, the unlimited energies of the Absolute Truth have been accepted. It is also accepted that the Absolute Truth has His transcendental, blissful, eternal form. According to the Vedas, the Lord and the living entity are equal in quality but different quantitatively. The real philosophy of the Absolute Truth states that the Lord and His creation are inconceivably and simultaneously one and different. The conclusion is that the Māyāvādī philosophers are actually atheists. There was much discussion on this issue between Sārvabhauma and Caitanya Mahāprabhu, but despite all his endeavors, the Bhaṭṭācārya was defeated in the end.
At the request of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then explained the ātmārāma verse of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in eighteen different ways. When the Bhaṭṭācārya came to his senses, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu disclosed His real identity. The Bhaṭṭācārya then recited one hundred verses in praise of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu and offered his obeisances. After this, Gopīnātha Ācārya and all the others, having seen the wonderful potencies of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, became very joyful.
One morning after this incident, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu received some prasādam from Jagannātha and offered it to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya. Without caring for formality, the Bhaṭṭācārya immediately partook of the mahā-prasādam. On another day, when the Bhaṭṭācārya asked Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu the best way to worship and meditate, the Lord advised him to chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. On another day, the Bhaṭṭācārya wanted to change the reading of the tat te ’nukampām verse because he did not like the word mukti-pada. He wanted to substitute the word bhakti-pada. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu advised Sārvabhauma not to change the reading of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, because mukti-pada indicated the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Kṛṣṇa. Having become a pure devotee, the Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Because the meaning is hazy, I still prefer bhakti-pada.” At this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and the other inhabitants of Jagannātha Purī became very pleased. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya thus became a pure Vaiṣṇava, and the other learned scholars there followed him.
নৌমি তং গৌরচন্দ্রং যঃ কুতর্ক-কর্কশাশয়ম্ ।
সার্বভৌমং সর্বভূমা ভক্তিভূমানমাচরৎ ॥ ১ ॥
naumi taṁ gauracandraṁ yaḥ
kutarka-karkaśāśayam
sārvabhaumaṁ sarva-bhūmā
bhakti-bhūmānam ācarat

Synonyms

naumiI offer my respectful obeisances; tamunto Him; gauracandramwho is known as Lord Gauracandra; yaḥwho; ku-tarkaby bad arguments; karkaśa-āśayamwhose heart was hard; sārvabhaumamSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; sarva-bhūmāthe Lord of everything; bhakti-bhūmānaminto a great personality of devotion; ācaratconverted.

Translation

I offer my respectful obeisances unto Lord Gauracandra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who converted the hardhearted Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, the reservoir of all bad logic, into a great devotee.
জয় জয় গৌরচন্দ্র জয় নিত্যানন্দ ।
জয়াদ্বৈতচন্দ্র জয় গৌরভক্তবৃন্দ ॥ ২ ॥
jaya jaya gauracandra jaya nityānanda
jayādvaitacandra jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛnda

Synonyms

jaya jaya gauracandraall glories to Lord Gaurahari; jaya nityānandaall glories to Nityānanda Prabhu; jaya advaita-candraall glories to Advaita Ācārya; jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛndaall glories to the devotees of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

All glories to Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityānanda Prabhu! All glories to Advaita Ācārya! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya!
আবেশে চলিলা প্রভু জগন্নাথ-মন্দিরে ।
জগন্নাথ দেখি’ প্রেমে হইলা অস্থিরে ॥ ৩ ॥
āveśe calilā prabhu jagannātha-mandire
jagannātha dekhi’ preme ha-ilā asthire

Synonyms

āveśein ecstasy; calilāwent; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jagannātha-mandireto the temple of Jagannātha; jagannātha dekhi’seeing the Jagannātha Deity; premein ecstasy; ha-ilābecame; asthirerestless.

Translation

In ecstasy, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went from Āṭhāranālā to the temple of Jagannātha. After seeing Lord Jagannātha, He became very restless due to love of Godhead.
জগন্নাথ আলিঙ্গিতে চলিলা ধাঞা ।
মন্দিরে পড়িলা প্রেমে আবিষ্ট হঞা ॥ ৪ ॥
jagannātha āliṅgite calilā dhāñā
mandire paḍilā preme āviṣṭa hañā

Synonyms

jagannāthaLord Jagannātha; āliṅgiteto embrace; calilāwent; dhāñāvery swiftly; mandirein the temple; paḍilāfell down; premein ecstasy; āviṣṭaoverwhelmed; hañābecoming.

Translation

Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went swiftly to embrace Lord Jagannātha, but when He entered the temple, He was so overwhelmed with love of Godhead that He fainted to the floor.
দৈবে সার্বভৌম তাঁহাকে করে দরশন ।
পড়িছা মারিতে তেঁহো কৈল নিবারণ ॥ ৫ ॥
daive sārvabhauma tāṅhāke kare daraśana
paḍichā mārite teṅho kaila nivāraṇa

Synonyms

daiveby chance; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; tāṅhākeHim; karedoes; daraśanaseeing; paḍichāthe watchman in the temple; māriteto beat; teṅhohe; kailadid; nivāraṇaforbidding.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu fell down, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya happened to see Him. When the watchman threatened to beat the Lord, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya immediately forbade him.
প্রভুর সৌন্দর্য আর প্রেমের বিকার ।
দেখি’ সার্বভৌম হৈলা বিস্মিত অপার ॥ ৬ ॥
prabhura saundarya āra premera vikāra
dekhi’ sārvabhauma hailā vismita apāra

Synonyms

prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; saundaryathe beauty; āraand; premera vikāraecstatic transformations; dekhi’seeing; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; hailābecame; vismitasurprised; apāravery.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was very surprised to see the personal beauty of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, as well as the transcendental transformations wrought on His body due to love of Godhead.
বহুক্ষণে চৈতন্য নহে, ভোগের কাল হৈল ।
সার্বভৌম মনে তবে উপায় চিন্তিল ॥ ৭ ॥
bahu-kṣaṇe caitanya nahe, bhogera kāla haila
sārvabhauma mane tabe upāya cintila

Synonyms

bahu-kṣaṇefor a long time; caitanyaconsciousness; nahethere was not; bhogeraof offering food; kālathe time; hailait became; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; manein the mind; tabeat that time; upāyaremedy; cintilathought.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu remained unconscious for a long time. Meanwhile, the time for offering prasādam to Lord Jagannātha came, and the Bhaṭṭācārya tried to think of a remedy.
শিষ্য পড়িছা-দ্বারা প্রভু নিল বহাঞা ।
ঘরে আনি’ পবিত্র স্থানে রাখিল শোয়াঞা ॥ ৮ ॥
śiṣya paḍichā-dvārā prabhu nila vahāñā
ghare āni’ pavitra sthāne rākhila śoyāñā

Synonyms

śiṣyadisciples; paḍichāand watchman; dvārāby means of; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nilabrought; vahāñācarrying; ghareat home; āni’bringing; pavitrapurified; sthānein a place; rākhilakept; śoyāñālying down.

Translation

While Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu was unconscious, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, with the help of the watchman and some disciples, carried Him to his home and laid Him down in a very sanctified room.

Purport

At that time, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya lived on the southern side of the Jagannātha Temple. His home was practically on the beach and was known as Mārkaṇḍeya-sarastaṭa. At present it is used as the monastery of Gaṅgāmātā.
শ্বাস-প্রশ্বাস নাহি উদর-স্পন্দন ।
দেখিয়া চিন্তিত হৈল ভট্টাচার্যের মন ॥ ৯ ॥
śvāsa-praśvāsa nāhi udara-spandana
dekhiyā cintita haila bhaṭṭācāryera mana

Synonyms

śvāsa-praśvāsabreathing; nāhithere was not; udaraof the abdomen; spandanamovement; dekhiyāseeing; cintitafull of anxiety; hailabecame; bhaṭṭācāryeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; manathe mind.

Translation

Examining the body of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Sārvabhauma saw that His abdomen was not moving and that He was not breathing. Seeing His condition, the Bhaṭṭācārya became very anxious.
সূক্ষ্ম তুলা আনি’ নাসা-অগ্রেতে ধরিল ।
ঈষৎ চলয়ে তুলা দেখি’ ধৈর্য হৈল ॥ ১০ ॥
sūkṣma tulā āni’ nāsā-agrete dharila
īṣat calaye tulā dekhi’ dhairya haila

Synonyms

sūkṣmafine; tulācotton; āni’bringing; nāsāof the nostril; agretein front; dharilaheld; īṣatslightly; calayemoves; tulāthe cotton; dekhi’seeing; dhairyapatience; hailathere was.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya then took a fine cotton swab and put it before the Lord’s nostrils. When he saw the cotton move very slightly, he became hopeful.
বসি’ ভট্টাচার্য মনে করেন বিচার ।
এই কৃষ্ণ-মহাপ্রেমের সাত্ত্বিক বিকার ॥ ১১ ॥
vasi’ bhaṭṭācārya mane karena vicāra
ei kṛṣṇa-mahāpremera sāttvika vikāra

Synonyms

vasi’sitting down; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; manein his mind; karenadoes; vicāraconsideration; eithis; kṛṣṇa-mahā-premeraof ecstatic love for Kṛṣṇa; sāttvikatranscendental; vikāratransformation.

Translation

Sitting beside Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, he thought, “This is a transcendental ecstatic transformation brought about by love of Kṛṣṇa.”
‘সূদ্দীপ্ত সাত্ত্বিক’ এই নাম যে ‘প্রলয়’ ।
নিত্যসিদ্ধ ভক্তে সে ‘সূদ্দীপ্ত ভাব’ হয় ॥ ১২ ॥
‘sūddīpta sāttvika’ ei nāma ye ‘pralaya’
nitya-siddha bhakte se ‘sūddīpta bhāva’ haya

Synonyms

su-uddīpta sāttvikasūddīpta-sāttvika; eithis; nāmanamed; yewhich; pralayadevastation; nitya-siddhaeternally perfected; bhaktein the devotee; sethat; su-uddīpta bhāvaecstasy known as sūddīpta; hayabecomes manifest.

Translation

Upon seeing the sign of sūddīpta-sāttvika, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya could immediately understand the transcendental ecstatic transformation in the body of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Such a sign takes place only in the bodies of eternally liberated devotees.

Purport

The word sūddīpta-sāttvika is explained as follows by Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura: “The Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu mentions eight kinds of transcendental transformations in the bodies of advanced devotees. These are sometimes checked by the devotee, and there are two stages of such checking, technically known as dhūmāyitā and jvalitā. The dhūmāyitā (smoking) stage is exhibited when only one or two transformations are slightly present and it is possible to conceal them. When more than two or three transcendental transformations are manifest and it is still possible to conceal them, although with great difficulty, that stage is called jvalitā (lighted). When four or five symptoms are exhibited, the dīpta (blazing) stage has been reached. When five, six or all eight symptoms are simultaneously manifest, that position is called uddīpta (inflamed). And when all eight symptoms are multiplied a thousand times and are all visible at once, the devotee is in the sūddīpta (intensely inflamed) stage. Nitya-siddha-bhakta indicates the eternally liberated associates of the Lord. Such devotees enjoy the company of the Lord in four relationships — as servant, friend, parent or conjugal lover.”
‘অধিরূঢ় ভাব’ যাঁর, তাঁর এ বিকার ।
মনুষ্যের দেহে দেখি, — বড় চমৎকার ॥ ১৩ ॥
‘adhirūḍha bhāva’ yāṅra, tāṅra e vikāra
manuṣyera dehe dekhi, — baḍa camatkāra

Synonyms

adhirūḍha bhāvaan ecstasy technically known as adhirūḍha; yāṅraof whom; tāṅraof Him; ethis; vikāratransformation; manuṣyeraof a human being; dehein the body; dekhiI see; baḍa camatkāravery wonderful.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya considered, “The uncommon ecstatic symptoms of adhirūḍha-bhāva are appearing in the body of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. This is very wonderful! How are they possible in the body of a human being?”

Purport

Adhirūḍha-bhāva, or adhirūḍha-mahābhāva, is explained in the Ujjvala-nīlamaṇi of Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura quotes Rūpa Gosvāmī as follows: “The loving propensity of the āśraya (devotee) toward the viṣaya (Lord) becomes so ecstatic that even after enjoying the company of the beloved, the devotee feels that his enjoyment is insufficient. At such a time, the lover sees the beloved in different ways. Such a development of ecstasy is called anurāga. When anurāga reaches its highest limit and becomes perceivable in the body, it is called bhāva. When the bodily symptoms are not very distinct, however, the emotional state is still called anurāga, not bhāva. When bhāva ecstasy is intensified, it is called mahā-bhāva. The symptoms of mahā-bhāva are visible only in the bodies of eternal associates like the gopīs.
এত চিন্তি’ ভট্টাচার্য আছেন বসিয়া ।
নিত্যানন্দাদি সিংহদ্বারে মিলিল আসিয়া ॥ ১৪ ॥
eta cinti’ bhaṭṭācārya āchena vasiyā
nityānandādi siṁha-dvāre milila āsiyā

Synonyms

eta cinti’thinking like this; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; āchenawas; vasiyāsitting; nityānanda-ādiall the devotees, headed by Nityānanda Prabhu; siṁha-dvāreat the entrance door of the Jagannātha temple; mililamet; āsiyācoming.

Translation

While the Bhaṭṭācārya was thinking in this way at his home, all the devotees of Caitanya Mahāprabhu, headed by Nityānanda Prabhu, approached the Siṁha-dvāra [the entrance door of the temple].
তাঁহা শুনে লোকে কহে অন্যোন্যে বাত্‌ ।
এক সন্ন্যাসী আসি’ দেখি’ জগন্নাথ ॥ ১৫ ॥
tāṅhā śune loke kahe anyonye bāt
eka sannyāsī āsi’ dekhi’ jagannātha

Synonyms

tāṅhāat that place; śunethey hear; lokethe people in general; kahetalk; anyonyeamong themselves; bāttopics; ekaone; sannyāsīmendicant; āsi’coming there; dekhi’seeing; jagannāthathe Deity of Lord Jagannātha.

Translation

There the devotees heard the people talking about a mendicant who had come to Jagannātha Purī and seen the Deity of Jagannātha.
মূর্চ্ছিত হৈল, চেতন না হয় শরীরে ।
সার্বভৌম লঞা গেলা আপনার ঘরে ॥ ১৬ ॥
mūrcchita haila, cetana nā haya śarīre
sārvabhauma lañā gelā āpanāra ghare

Synonyms

mūrcchitaunconscious; hailabecame; cetanaconsciousness; not; hayathere is; śarīrein His body; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; lañātaking Him; gelāwent; āpanārahis own; ghareto the home.

Translation

The people said that the sannyāsī had fallen unconscious upon seeing the Deity of Lord Jagannātha. Because His consciousness did not return, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya had taken Him to his home.
শুনি’ সবে জানিলা এই মহাপ্রভুর কার্য ।
হেনকালে আইলা তাহাঁ গোপীনাথাচার্য ॥ ১৭ ॥
śuni’ sabe jānilā ei mahāprabhura kārya
hena-kāle āilā tāhāṅ gopīnāthācārya

Synonyms

śuni’hearing this; sabeall the devotees; jānilācould understand; eithis; mahāprabhuraof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kāryathe activities; hena-kāleat that time; āilācame; tāhāṅthere; gopīnātha-ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya.

Translation

Hearing this, the devotees could understand that they were speaking of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Just then, Śrī Gopīnātha Ācārya arrived.
নদীয়া-নিবাসী, বিশারদের জামাতা ।
মহাপ্রভুর ভক্ত তেঁহো প্রভুতত্ত্বজ্ঞাতা ॥ ১৮ ॥
nadīyā-nivāsī, viśāradera jāmātā
mahāprabhura bhakta teṅho prabhu-tattva-jñātā

Synonyms

nadīyā-nivāsīan inhabitant of Nadia; viśāraderaof Viśārada; jāmātāthe son-in-law; mahāprabhura bhaktaa devotee of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; teṅhohe; prabhu-tattva-jñātāa knower of the true identity of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya was a resident of Nadia, the son-in-law of Viśārada and a devotee of Caitanya Mahāprabhu. He knew the true identity of His Lordship.

Purport

Maheśvara Viśārada was a classmate of Nīlāmbara Cakravartī’s. He lived in the Nadia, district in a village called Vidyānagara, and had two sons named Madhusūdana Vācaspati and Vāsudeva Sārvabhauma. His son-in-law was Gopīnātha Ācārya.
মুকুন্দ-সহিত পূর্বে আছে পরিচয় ।
মুকুন্দ দেখিয়া তাঁর হইল বিস্ময় ॥ ১৯ ॥
mukunda-sahita pūrve āche paricaya
mukunda dekhiyā tāṅra ha-ila vismaya

Synonyms

mukunda-sahitawith Mukunda Datta; pūrvepreviously; āchethere was; paricayaacquaintance; mukundaMukunda Datta; dekhiyāseeing; tāṅraof him (Gopīnātha Ācārya); ha-ilathere was; vismayaastonishment.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya had previously been acquainted with Mukunda Datta, and when the Ācārya saw him at Jagannātha Purī, he was very much astonished.
মুকুন্দ তাঁহারে দেখি’ কৈল নমস্কার ।
তেঁহো আলিঙ্গিয়া পুছে প্রভুর সমাচার ॥ ২০ ॥
mukunda tāṅhāre dekhi’ kaila namaskāra
teṅho āliṅgiyā puche prabhura samācāra

Synonyms

mukundaMukunda Datta; tāṅhārehim; dekhi’seeing; kailaoffered; namaskāraobeisances; teṅhohe; āliṅgiyāembracing; pucheinquires; prabhuraof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; samācāranews.

Translation

Mukunda Datta offered obeisances unto Gopīnātha Ācārya upon meeting him. Then the Ācārya embraced Mukunda Datta and inquired about news of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
মুকুন্দ কহে, — প্রভুর ইহাঁ হৈল আগমনে ।
আমি-সব আসিয়াছি মহাপ্রভুর সনে ॥ ২১ ॥
mukunda kahe, — prabhura ihāṅ haila āgamane
āmi-saba āsiyāchi mahāprabhura sane

Synonyms

mukunda kaheMukunda replies; prabhuraof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ihāṅhere; hailathere was; āgamanecoming; āmi-sabaall of us; āsiyāchihave come; mahāprabhuraCaitanya Mahāprabhu; sanewith.

Translation

Mukunda Datta replied, “The Lord has already arrived here. We have come with Him.”
নিত্যানন্দ-গোসাঞিকে আচার্য কৈল নমস্কার ।
সবে মেলি’ পুছে প্রভুর বার্তা বার বার ॥ ২২ ॥
nityānanda-gosāñike ācārya kaila namaskāra
sabe meli’ puche prabhura vārtā bāra bāra

Synonyms

nityānanda-gosāñikeunto Lord Nityānanda Prabhu; ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya; kaila namaskāraoffered obeisances; sabe meli’meeting them all; pucheinquires; prabhuraof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vārtānews; bāra bāraagain and again.

Translation

As soon as Gopīnātha Ācārya saw Nityānanda Prabhu, he offered his obeisances unto Him. In this way, meeting all the devotees, he asked about news of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu again and again.
মুকুন্দ কহে, — ‘মহাপ্রভু সন্ন্যাস করিয়া ।
নীলাচলে আইলা সঙ্গে আমা-সবা লঞা ॥ ২৩ ॥
mukunda kahe, — ‘mahāprabhu sannyāsa kariyā
nīlācale āilā saṅge āmā-sabā lañā

Synonyms

mukunda kaheMukunda Datta replies; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sannyāsa kariyāafter accepting the renounced order of life; nīlācaleto Jagannātha Purī; āilāhas come; saṅgewith Him; āmā-sabāall of us; lañātaking.

Translation

Mukunda Datta continued, “After accepting the sannyāsa order, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu has come to Jagannātha Purī and has brought all of us with Him.
আমা-সবা ছাড়ি’ আগে গেলা দরশনে ।
আমি-সব পাছে আইলাঙ তাঁর অন্বেষণে ॥ ২৪ ॥
āmā-sabā chāḍi’ āge gelā daraśane
āmi-saba pāche āilāṅ tāṅra anveṣaṇe

Synonyms

āmā-sabāall of us; chāḍi’leaving; āgeahead; gelāwent; daraśaneto see Lord Jagannātha; āmi-sabaall of us; pāchebehind; āilāṅcame; tāṅraof Him; anveṣaṇein search.

Translation

“Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu left our company and walked ahead to see Lord Jagannātha. We have just arrived and are now looking for Him.
অন্যোন্যে লোকের মুখে যে কথা শুনিল ।
সার্বভৌম-গৃহে প্রভু, — অনুমান কৈল ॥ ২৫ ॥
anyonye lokera mukhe ye kathā śunila
sārvabhauma-gṛhe prabhu, — anumāna kaila

Synonyms

anyonyeamong themselves; lokeraof the people in general; mukhein the mouths; yethat which; kathātalk; śunilawas heard; sārvabhauma-gṛheat the home of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; prabhuthe Lord; anumānaa guess; kailamade.

Translation

“From the talk of the people in general, we have guessed that the Lord is now at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
ঈশ্বর-দর্শনে প্রভু প্রেমে অচেতন ।
সার্বভৌম লঞা গেলা আপন-ভবন ॥ ২৬ ॥
īśvara-darśane prabhu preme acetana
sārvabhauma lañā gelā āpana-bhavana

Synonyms

īśvara-darśaneby seeing Lord Jagannātha; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; premein the ecstasy of love of Godhead; acetanaunconscious; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; lañā gelāhas taken; āpana-bhavanato his own home.

Translation

“Upon seeing Lord Jagannātha, Caitanya Mahāprabhu became ecstatic and fell unconscious, and Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya has taken Him to his home in this condition.
তোমার মিলনে যবে আমার হৈল মন ।
দৈবে সেই ক্ষণে পাইলুঁ তোমার দরশন ॥ ২৭ ॥
tomāra milane yabe āmāra haila mana
daive sei kṣaṇe pāiluṅ tomāra daraśana

Synonyms

tomāraof you; milanein meeting; yabewhen; āmāraof me; hailathere was; manathe mind; daiveby chance; sei kṣaṇeat that very moment; pāiluṅgot; tomārayour; daraśanameeting.

Translation

“Just as I was thinking of meeting you, by chance we have actually met.
চল, সবে যাই সার্বভৌমের ভবন ।
প্রভু দেখি’ পাছে করিব ঈশ্বর দর্শন ॥’ ২৮ ॥
cala, sabe yāi sārvabhaumera bhavana
prabhu dekhi’ pāche kariba īśvara darśana’

Synonyms

calalet us go; sabeall; yāiwe shall go; sārvabhaumera bhavanato the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; prabhu dekhi’seeing Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāchelater; karibawe shall do; īśvara darśanaseeing of Lord Jagannātha.

Translation

“First let us all go to the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and see Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Later we shall come to see Lord Jagannātha.”
এত শুনি’ গোপীনাথ সবারে লঞা ।
সার্বভৌম-ঘরে গেলা হরষিত হঞা ॥ ২৯ ॥
eta śuni’ gopīnātha sabāre lañā
sārvabhauma-ghare gelā haraṣita hañā

Synonyms

eta śuni’hearing this; gopīnāthaGopīnātha Ācārya; sabāreall of them; lañātaking with him; sārvabhauma-ghareto the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; gelāwent; haraṣita hañābecoming very pleased.

Translation

Hearing this and feeling very pleased, Gopīnātha Ācārya immediately took all the devotees with him and approached the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
সার্বভৌম-স্থানে গিয়া প্রভুকে দেখিল ।
প্রভু দেখি’ আচার্যের দুঃখ-হর্ষ হৈল ॥ ৩০ ॥
sārvabhauma-sthāne giyā prabhuke dekhila
prabhu dekhi’ ācāryera duḥkha-harṣa haila

Synonyms

sārvabhauma-sthāneto the place of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; giyāgoing there; prabhukeLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dekhilaall of them saw; prabhu dekhi’seeing the Lord; ācāryeraof Gopīnātha Ācārya; duḥkhaunhappiness; harṣahappiness; hailathere was.

Translation

Arriving at the home of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, everyone saw the Lord lying unconscious. Seeing Him in this condition, Gopīnātha Ācārya became very unhappy, but at the same time he was happy just to see the Lord.
সার্বভৌমে জানাঞা সবা নিল অভ্যন্তরে ।
নিত্যানন্দ-গোসাঞিরে তেঁহো কৈল নমস্কারে ॥ ৩১ ॥
sārvabhaume jānāñā sabā nila abhyantare
nityānanda-gosāñire teṅho kaila namaskāre

Synonyms

sārvabhaumeSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; jānāñāinforming and taking permission; sabāall the devotees; nilatook; abhyantarewithin the house; nityānanda-gosāñireunto Nityānanda Prabhu; teṅhoSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kailaoffered; namaskāreobeisances.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya permitted all the devotees to enter his house, and upon seeing Nityānanda Prabhu, the Bhaṭṭācārya offered Him obeisances.
সবা সহিত যথাযোগ্য করিল মিলন ।
প্রভু দেখি’ সবার হৈল হরষিত মন ॥ ৩২ ॥
sabā sahita yathā-yogya karila milana
prabhu dekhi’ sabāra haila haraṣita mana

Synonyms

sabā sahitawith all of them; yathā-yogyaas it was befitting; kariladid; milanameeting; prabhu dekhi’seeing the Lord; sabāraof all; hailabecame; haraṣitapleased; manathe minds.

Translation

Sārvabhauma met with all the devotees and offered them a proper welcome. They were all pleased to see Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
সার্বভৌম পাঠাইল সবা দর্শন করিতে ।
‘চন্দনেশ্বর’ নিজপুত্র দিল সবার সাথে ॥ ৩৩ ॥
sārvabhauma pāṭhāila sabā darśana karite
‘candaneśvara’ nija-putra dila sabāra sāthe

Synonyms

sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; pāṭhāilasent them; sabāall; darśana kariteto see Lord Jagannātha; candana-īśvaraof the name Candaneśvara; nija-putrahis son; dilagave; sabāra sāthewith all of them.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya then sent them all back to see Lord Jagannātha, and he asked his own son, Candaneśvara, to accompany them as a guide.
জগন্নাথ দেখি’ সবার হইল আনন্দ ।
ভাবেতে আবিষ্ট হৈলা প্রভু নিত্যানন্দ ॥ ৩৪ ॥
jagannātha dekhi’ sabāra ha-ila ānanda
bhāvete āviṣṭa hailā prabhu nityānanda

Synonyms

jagannātha dekhi’seeing Lord Jagannātha; sabāraof everyone; ha-ilathere was; ānandapleasure; bhāvetein ecstasy; āviṣṭaoverwhelmed; hailābecame; prabhu nityānandaLord Nityānanda.

Translation

Everyone was then very pleased to see the Deity of Lord Jagannātha. Lord Nityānanda in particular was overwhelmed with ecstasy.
সবে মেলি’ ধরি তাঁরে সুস্থির করিল ।
ঈশ্বর-সেবক মালা-প্রসাদ আনি’ দিল ॥ ৩৫ ॥
sabe meli’ dhari tāṅre susthira karila
īśvara-sevaka mālā-prasāda āni’ dila

Synonyms

sabe meli’meeting all together; dharicaught; tāṅreHim; su-sthirasteady; karilamade; īśvara-sevakathe priest of the Deity; mālāgarland; prasādaoffering; ānibringing; dilagave.

Translation

When Lord Nityānanda Prabhu nearly fainted, all the devotees caught Him and steadied Him. At that time, the priest of Lord Jagannātha brought a garland that had been offered to the Deity and offered it to Nityānanda Prabhu.
প্রসাদ পাঞা সবে হৈলা আনন্দিত মনে ।
পুনরপি আইলা সবে মহাপ্রভুর স্থানে ॥ ৩৬ ॥
prasāda pāñā sabe hailā ānandita mane
punarapi āilā sabe mahāprabhura sthāne

Synonyms

prasāda pāñāgetting this honor of the garland; sabeall of them; hailābecame; ānandita manepleased in the mind; punarapiagain; āilācame back; sabeall; mahāprabhura sthāneto the place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was staying.

Translation

Everyone was pleased to receive this garland worn by Lord Jagannātha. Afterwards they all returned to the place where Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was staying.
উচ্চ করি’ করে সবে নাম-সংকীর্তন ।
তৃতীয় প্রহরে হৈল প্রভুর চেতন ॥ ৩৭ ॥
ucca kari’ kare sabe nāma-saṅkīrtana
tṛtīya prahare haila prabhura cetana

Synonyms

uccavery loudly; kari’doing; karebegan; sabeall; nāma-saṅkīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; tṛtīya praharein the forenoon; hailathere was; prabhuraof Lord Caitanya; cetanaconsciousness.

Translation

All of the devotees then began to loudly chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. Just before noon the Lord regained His consciousness.
হুঙ্কার করিয়া উঠে ‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ বলি’ ।
আনন্দে সার্বভৌম তাঁর লৈল পদধূলি ॥ ৩৮ ॥
huṅkāra kariyā uṭhe ‘hari’ ‘hari’ bali’
ānande sārvabhauma tāṅra laila pada-dhūli

Synonyms

huṅkāra kariyāmaking a loud sound; uṭhegot up; hari hari bali’chanting Hari, Hari; ānandein pleasure; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; tāṅraHis; lailatook; pada-dhūlithe dust of the feet.

Translation

Caitanya Mahāprabhu got up and very loudly chanted, “Hari! Hari!” Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was very pleased to see the Lord regain consciousness, and he took the dust of the Lord’s lotus feet.
সার্বভৌম কহে, — শীঘ্র করহ মধ্যাহ্ন ।
মুঞি ভিক্ষা দিমু আজি মহা-প্রসাদান্ন ॥ ৩৯ ॥
sārvabhauma kahe, — śīghra karaha madhyāhna
muñi bhikṣā dimu āji mahā-prasādānna

Synonyms

sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kahesays; śīghravery soon; karahado; madhya-ahnamidday duties; muñiI; bhikṣāalms; dimushall offer; ājitoday; mahā-prasāda-annaremnants of food offered to Lord Jagannātha.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya informed all of them, “Please take your midday baths immediately. Today I shall offer you mahā-prasādam, the remnants of food offered to Lord Jagannātha.”
সমুদ্রস্নান করি’ মহাপ্রভু শীঘ্র আইলা ।
চরণ পাখালি’ প্রভু আসনে বসিলা ॥ ৪০ ॥
samudra-snāna kari’ mahāprabhu śīghra āilā
caraṇa pākhāli’ prabhu āsane vasilā

Synonyms

samudra-snānaa bath in the sea; kari’taking; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śīghravery soon; āilāreturned; caraṇafeet; pākhāli’washing; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āsaneon a seat; vasilāsat.

Translation

After bathing in the sea, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His devotees returned very soon. The Lord then washed His feet and sat down on a carpet to take lunch.
বহুত প্রসাদ সার্বভৌম আনাইল ।
তবে মহাপ্রভু সুখে ভোজন করিল ॥ ৪১ ॥
bahuta prasāda sārvabhauma ānāila
tabe mahāprabhu sukhe bhojana karila

Synonyms

bahuta prasādavarieties of food offered to Lord Jagannātha; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; ānāilacaused to bring them; tabeat that time; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sukhein happiness; bhojanalunch; karilaaccepted.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya made arrangements to bring various kinds of mahā-prasādam from the Jagannātha temple. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then accepted lunch with great happiness.
সুবর্ণ-থালীর অন্ন উত্তম ব্যঞ্জন ।
ভক্তগণ-সঙ্গে প্রভু করেন ভোজন ॥ ৪২ ॥
suvarṇa-thālīra anna uttama vyañjana
bhakta-gaṇa-saṅge prabhu karena bhojana

Synonyms

suvarṇa-thālīraon golden plates; annarice; uttamafirst-class; vyañjanavegetables; bhakta-gaṇathe devotees; saṅgewith; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karenaaccepts; bhojanalunch.

Translation

Caitanya Mahāprabhu was offered special rice and first-class vegetables on golden plates. He thus took lunch in the company of His devotees.
সার্বভৌম পরিবেশন করেন আপনে ।
প্রভু কহে, — মোরে দেহ লাফ্‌রা-ব্যঞ্জনে ॥ ৪৩ ॥
sārvabhauma pariveśana karena āpane
prabhu kahe, — more deha lāphrā-vyañjane

Synonyms

sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; pariveśanadistribution; karenadoes; āpanepersonally; prabhu kaheLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; moreunto Me; dehaplease give; lāphrā-vyañjaneboiled vegetables.

Translation

While Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya personally distributed the prasādam, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu requested him, “Please give Me only boiled vegetables.

Purport

Lāphrā-vyañjana is a preparation in which many vegetables are boiled together, and then a cheṅkā is added, consisting of spices like cumin, black pepper and mustard seed.
পীঠা-পানা দেহ তুমি ইঁহা-সবাকারে ।
তবে ভট্টাচার্য কহে যুড়ি’ দুই করে ॥ ৪৪ ॥
pīṭhā-pānā deha tumi iṅhā-sabākāre
tabe bhaṭṭācārya kahe yuḍi’ dui kare

Synonyms

pīṭhā-pānācakes and condensed-milk preparations; dehagive; tumiyou; iṅhā-sabākāreto all these devotees; tabeat that time; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kahesaid; yuḍi’folding; dui karetwo hands.

Translation

“You can offer the cakes and preparations made with condensed milk to all the devotees.” Hearing this, the Bhaṭṭācārya folded his hands and spoke as follows.
জগন্নাথ কৈছে করিয়াছেন ভোজন ।
আজি সব মহাপ্রসাদ কর আস্বাদন ॥ ৪৫ ॥
jagannātha kaiche kariyāchena bhojana
āji saba mahāprasāda kara āsvādana

Synonyms

jagannāthaLord Jagannātha; kaicheas; kariyāchenahas accepted; bhojanalunch; ājitoday; sabaall of you; mahā-prasādathe remnants of food offered to the Lord; karado; āsvādanatasting.

Translation

“Today, all of you please try to taste the lunch just as Lord Jagannātha accepted it.”
এত বলি’ পীঠা-পানা সব খাওয়াইলা ।
ভিক্ষা করাঞা আচমন করাইলা ॥ ৪৬ ॥
eta bali’ pīṭhā-pānā saba khāoyāilā
bhikṣā karāñā ācamana karāilā

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; pīṭhā-pānāmany kinds of cakes and condensed-milk preparations; sabaall; khāoyāilāmade to eat; bhikṣā karāñāafter offering prasādam; ācamana karāilāmade them wash their hands, feet and mouths.

Translation

After saying this, he made them all eat the various cakes and condensed-milk preparations. After feeding them, he offered them water to wash their hands, feet and mouths.
আজ্ঞা মাগি’ গেলা গোপীনাথ আচার্যকে লঞা ।
প্রভুর নিকট আইলা ভোজন করিঞা ॥ ৪৭ ॥
ājñā māgi’ gelā gopīnātha ācāryake lañā
prabhura nikaṭa āilā bhojana kariñā

Synonyms

ājñā māgi’taking permission; gelāwent; gopīnātha ācāryake lañātaking Gopīnātha Ācārya; prabhuraLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nikaṭanear; āilāwent; bhojana kariñāafter taking lunch.

Translation

Begging permission from Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His devotees, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya then went with Gopīnātha Ācārya to take lunch. After finishing their lunch, they returned to Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
‘নমো নারায়ণায়’ বলি’ নমস্কার কৈল ।
‘কৃষ্ণে মতিরস্তু’ বলি’ গোসাঞি কহিল ॥ ৪৮ ॥
‘namo nārāyaṇāya’ bali’ namaskāra kaila
‘kṛṣṇe matir astu’ bali’ gosāñi kahila

Synonyms

namaḥ nārāyaṇāyaI offer my respects to Nārāyaṇa; bali’saying; namaskāra kailaoffered respects to Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kṛṣṇeunto Lord Kṛṣṇa; matiḥ astulet there be attraction; bali’saying; gosāñiŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahilaspoke.

Translation

Offering his obeisances to Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Namo nārāyaṇāya” [“I offer my obeisances to Nārāyaṇa”].

Purport

In return, Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “Kṛṣṇe matir astu” [“Let your attention be on Kṛṣṇa”].
It is the etiquette among sannyāsīs, those on the fourth platform of spiritual life, to offer respects by saying oṁ namo nārāyaṇāya (“I offer my respectful obeisances unto Nārāyaṇa”). This greeting is used especially by Māyāvādī sannyāsīs. According to the smṛti scriptures, a sannyāsī should not expect anything from anyone, nor should he consider himself identical with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Vaiṣṇava sannyāsīs never think of themselves as being one with the Lord; they always consider themselves eternal servants of Kṛṣṇa, and they want to see everyone in the world become Kṛṣṇa conscious. For this reason, a Vaiṣṇava sannyāsī always offers his blessings to everyone, saying kṛṣṇe matir astu (“May you become Kṛṣṇa conscious”).
শুনি’ সার্বভৌম মনে বিচার করিল ।
বৈষ্ণব-সন্ন্যাসী ইঁহো, বচনে জানিল ॥ ৪৯ ॥
śuni’ sārvabhauma mane vicāra karila
vaiṣṇava-sannyāsī iṅho, vacane jānila

Synonyms

śuni’hearing this; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; manewithin the mind; vicāra karilaconsidered; vaiṣṇava-sannyāsīVaiṣṇava sannyāsī; iṅhothis person; vacaneby words; jānilaunderstood.

Translation

Hearing these words, Sārvabhauma understood Lord Caitanya to be a Vaiṣṇava sannyāsī.
গোপীনাথ আচার্যেরে কহে সার্বভৌম ।
গোসাঞির জানিতে চাহি কাহাঁ পূর্বাশ্রম ॥ ৫০ ॥
gopīnātha ācāryere kahe sārvabhauma
gosāñira jānite cāhi kāhāṅ pūrvāśrama

Synonyms

gopīnātha ācāryereto Gopīnātha Ācārya; kahesaid; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; gosāñiraof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jāniteto know; cāhiI want; kāhāṅwhat; pūrva-āśramaprevious situation.

Translation

Sārvabhauma then said to Gopīnātha Ācārya, “I want to know Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s previous situation.”

Purport

The word pūrvāśrama refers to one’s previous situation in life. Sometimes a person will accept the renounced order from householder life, and sometimes even from student (brahmacārī) life. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya wanted to know of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s previous situation as a householder.
গোপীনাথাচার্য কহে, — নবদ্বীপে ঘর ।
‘জগন্নাথ’ নাম, পদবী — ‘মিশ্র পুরন্দর’ ॥ ৫১ ॥
gopīnāthācārya kahe, — navadvīpe ghara
‘jagannātha’ — nāma, padavī — ‘miśra purandara’

Synonyms

gopīnātha-ācārya kaheGopīnātha Ācārya replied; navadvīpein Navadvīpa; ghararesidence; jagannāthaJagannātha; nāmanamed; padavīthe surname; miśra purandaraMiśra Purandara.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya replied, “There was a man named Jagannātha, who was a resident of Navadvīpa, and whose surname was Miśra Purandara.
‘বিশ্বম্ভর’ — নাম ইঁহার, তাঁর ইঁহো পুত্র ।
নীলাম্বর চক্রবর্তীর হয়েন দৌহিত্র ॥ ৫২ ॥
‘viśvambhara’ — nāma iṅhāra, tāṅra iṅho putra
nīlāmbara cakravartīra hayena dauhitra

Synonyms

viśvambharaViśvambhara; nāmathe name; iṅhāraHis; tāṅraof Jagannātha Miśra; iṅhoHe; putrason; nīlāmbara cakravartīraof Nīlāmbara Cakravartī; hayenais; dauhitragrandson (daughter’s son).

Translation

“Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the son of that Jagannātha Miśra, and His former name was Viśvambhara Miśra. He also happens to be the grandson of Nīlāmbara Cakravartī.”
সার্বভৌম কহে, — নীলাম্বর চক্রবর্তী ।
বিশারদের সমাধ্যায়ী, — এই তাঁর খ্যাতি ॥ ৫৩ ॥
sārvabhauma kahe, — nīlāmbara cakravartī
viśāradera samādhyāyī, — ei tāṅra khyāti

Synonyms

sārvabhauma kaheSārvabhauma said; nīlāmbara cakravartīthe gentleman named Nīlāmbara Cakravartī; viśāraderaof Maheśvara Viśārada (Sārvabhauma’s father); samādhyāyīclass friend; eithis; tāṅraof him; khyātiacquaintance.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Nīlāmbara Cakravartī was a classmate of my father, Maheśvara Viśārada. I knew him as such.
‘মিশ্র পুরন্দর’ তাঁর মান্য, হেন জানি ।
পিতার সম্বন্ধে দোঁহাকে পূজ্য করি’ মানি ॥ ৫৪ ॥
‘miśra purandara’ tāṅra mānya, hena jāni
pitāra sambandhe doṅhāke pūjya kari’ māni

Synonyms

miśra purandaraJagannātha Miśra Purandara; tāṅrahis; mānyarespectable; henathus; jāniI know; pitāra sambandhein relationship to my father; doṅhākeboth of them (Nīlāmbara Cakravartī and Jagannātha Miśra); pūjyarespectable; kari’thinking; māniI accept.

Translation

“Jagannātha Miśra Purandara was respected by my father. Thus because of their relationship with my father, I respect both Jagannātha Miśra and Nīlāmbara Cakravartī.”
নদীয়া-সম্বন্ধে সার্বভৌম হৃষ্ট হৈলা ।
প্রীত হঞা গোসাঞিরে কহিতে লাগিলা ॥ ৫৫ ॥
nadīyā-sambandhe sārvabhauma hṛṣṭa hailā
prīta hañā gosāñire kahite lāgilā

Synonyms

nadīyā-sambandhein connection with Nadia; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; hṛṣṭapleased; hailābecame; prīta hañāthus being pleased; gosāñireunto Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahite lāgilābegan to speak.

Translation

Hearing that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu belonged to the Nadia district, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya became very pleased and addressed the Lord as follows.
‘সহজেই পূজ্য তুমি, আরে ত’ সন্ন্যাস ।
অতএব হঙ তোমার আমি নিজ-দাস ॥’ ৫৬ ॥
‘sahajei pūjya tumi, āre ta’ sannyāsa
ataeva haṅ tomāra āmi nija-dāsa’

Synonyms

sahajeinaturally; pūjyarespectable; tumiYou; āreover and above this; ta’certainly; sannyāsathe renounced order of life; ataevatherefore; haṅam; tomāraYour; āmiI; nija-dāsapersonal servant.

Translation

“You are naturally respectable. Besides, You are a sannyāsī; thus I wish to become Your personal servant.”

Purport

A sannyāsī is always to be worshiped and offered all kinds of respect by the gṛhasthas (householders). Although Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was older than Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Sārvabhauma respected Him as a sannyāsī and as one who had attained the topmost platform of spiritual ecstasy. Thus the Bhaṭṭācārya certainly accepted Him as his master.
শুনি’ মহাপ্রভু কৈল শ্রীবিষ্ণু স্মরণ ।
ভট্টাচার্যে কহে কিছু বিনয় বচন ॥ ৫৭ ॥
śuni’ mahāprabhu kaila śrī-viṣṇu smaraṇa
bhaṭṭācārye kahe kichu vinaya vacana

Synonyms

śuni’hearing this; mahāprabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailadid; śrī-viṣṇu smaraṇaremembering Lord Viṣṇu; bhaṭṭācāryeto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kahespeaks; kichusome; vinaya vacanavery humble statements.

Translation

As soon as Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard this from the Bhaṭṭācārya, He immediately remembered Lord Viṣṇu and began to speak humbly to him as follows.
“তুমি জগদ্‌গুরু — সর্বলোক-হিতকর্তা ।
বেদান্ত পড়াও, সন্ন্যাসীর উপকর্তা ॥ ৫৮ ॥
“tumi jagad-guru — sarvaloka-hita-kartā
vedānta paḍāo, sannyāsīra upakartā

Synonyms

tumi jagat-guruyou are the master of all people; sarva-lokaof all people; hita-kartāthe well-wisher; vedānta paḍāoyou teach Vedānta philosophy; sannyāsīraof the mendicants in the renounced order of life; upakartāthe benefactor.

Translation

“Because you are a teacher of Vedānta philosophy, you are the master of all the people in the world and their well-wisher as well. You are also the benefactor of all kinds of sannyāsīs.

Purport

Because the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs teach Vedānta philosophy to their students or disciples, they are customarily called jagad-guru. This indicates that they are the benefactors of all people. Although Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was not a sannyāsī but a householder, he used to invite all the sannyāsīs to his home and offer them prasādam. Thus he was accepted as the best well-wisher and friend of all the sannyāsīs.
আমি বালক-সন্ন্যাসী — ভাল-মন্দ নাহি জানি ।
তোমার আশ্রয় নিলুঁ, গুরু করি’ মানি ॥ ৫৯ ॥
āmi bālaka-sannyāsī — bhānda-manda nāhi jāni
tomāra āśraya niluṅ, guru kari’ māni

Synonyms

āmiI; bālaka-sannyāsīa young sannyāsī; bhānda-mandagood and bad; nāhinot; jāniknow; tomārayour; āśrayashelter; niluṅhave taken; guruspiritual master; kari’taking as; māniI accept.

Translation

“I am a young sannyāsī, and I actually have no knowledge of what is good and what is bad. Therefore I am taking shelter of you and accepting you as My spiritual master.
তোমার সঙ্গ লাগি’ মোর ইহাঁ আগমন ।
সর্বপ্রকারে করিবে আমায় পালন ॥ ৬০ ॥
tomāra saṅga lāgi’ mora ihāṅ āgamana
sarva-prakāre karibe āmāya pālana

Synonyms

tomārayour; saṅgaassociation; lāgi’for the sake of; moraMy; ihāṅhere; āgamanaarrival; sarva-prakārein all respects; karibeyou will do; āmāyaunto Me; pālanamaintaining.

Translation

“I have come here only to associate with you, and I am now taking shelter of you. Will you kindly maintain Me in all respects?
আজি যে হৈল আমার বড়ই বিপত্তি ।
তাহা হৈতে কৈলে তুমি আমার অব্যাহতি ॥” ৬১ ॥
āji ye haila āmāra baḍa-i vipatti
tāhā haite kaile tumi āmāra avyāhati”

Synonyms

ājitoday; yethat which; hailahappened; āmāraMy; baḍa-ivery great; vipattiobstacle; tāhāthat danger; haitefrom; kailedid; tumiyou; āmāraMy; avyāhatirelief.

Translation

“The incident that happened today was a great obstacle for Me, but you have kindly relieved Me of it.”
ভট্টাচার্য কহে, — একলে তুমি না যাইহ দর্শনে ।
আমার সঙ্গে যাবে, কিম্বা আমার লোক-সনে ॥ ৬২ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya kahe, — ekale tumi nā yāiha darśane
āmāra saṅge yābe, kimvā āmāra loka-sane

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācārya kahethe Bhaṭṭācārya said; ekalealone; tumiYou; not; yāihago; darśaneto see the Deity; āmāra saṅgewith me; yābeYou should go; kimvāor; āmāra loka-sanewith my men.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya replied, “Do not go alone to see the Deity at the Jagannātha temple. It is better that You go with me or my men.”
প্রভু কহে, — ‘মন্দির ভিতরে না যাইব ।
গরুড়ের পাশে রহি’ দর্শন করিব ॥’ ৬৩ ॥
prabhu kahe, — ‘mandira bhitare nā yāiba
garuḍera pāśe rahi’ darśana kariba’

Synonyms

prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya replied; mandirathe temple; bhitareinside; never; yāibaI shall go; garuḍeraof the column known as the Garuḍa-stambha; pāśeby the side; rahi’staying; darśanaseeing; karibaI shall do.

Translation

The Lord said, “I shall never enter the temple but shall always view the Lord from the side of the Garuḍa-stambha.”
গোপীনাথাচার্যকে কহে সার্বভৌম ।
‘তুমি গোসাঞিরে লঞা করাইহ দরশন ॥ ৬৪ ॥
gopīnāthācāryake kahe sārvabhauma
‘tumi gosāñire lañā karāiha daraśana

Synonyms

gopīnātha-ācāryaketo Gopīnātha Ācārya; kahesays; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; tumiyou; gosāñireLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; lañātaking; karāihamake Him do; daraśanaseeing of Lord Jagannātha.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya then told Gopīnātha Ācārya, “Take Gosvāmījī and show Him Lord Jagannātha.
আমার মাতৃষসা-গৃহ — নির্জন স্থান ।
তাহাঁ বাসা দেহ, কর সর্ব সমাধান ॥’ ৬৫ ॥
āmāra mātṛ-svasā-gṛha — nirjana sthāna
tāhāṅ vāsā deha, kara sarva samādhāna’

Synonyms

āmāramy; mātṛ-svasāof the aunt; gṛhathe home; nirjana sthānavery solitary place; tāhāṅthere; vāsāan apartment; dehagive; karamake; sarvaall; samādhānaarrangements.

Translation

“Also, the apartment belonging to my maternal aunt is in a very solitary place. Make all arrangements for Him to stay there.”
গোপীনাথ প্রভু লঞা তাহাঁ বাসা দিল ।
জল, জলপাত্রাদিক সর্ব সমাধান কৈল ॥ ৬৬ ॥
gopīnātha prabhu lañā tāhāṅ vāsā dila
jala, jala-pātrādika sarva samādhāna kaila

Synonyms

gopīnāthaGopīnātha Ācārya; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; lañātaking; tāhāṅthere; vāsāapartment; dilagave; jalawater; jala-pātra-ādikawaterpots and other vessels; sarvaall; samādhānaarrangements; kailamade.

Translation

Thus Gopīnātha Ācārya took Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu to His residential quarters and showed Him where to find water, tubs and waterpots. Indeed, he arranged everything.
আর দিন গোপীনাথ প্রভু স্থানে গিয়া ।
শয্যোত্থান দরশন করাইল লঞা ॥ ৬৭ ॥
āra dina gopīnātha prabhu sthāne giyā
śayyotthāna daraśana karāila lañā

Synonyms

āra dinathe next day; gopīnāthaGopīnātha Ācārya; prabhuof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sthāneto the place; giyāgoing; śayyā-utthānathe rising from bed of Lord Jagannātha; daraśanaseeing; karāilacaused; lañātaking Him.

Translation

The next day Gopīnātha Ācārya took Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu to see the early rising of Lord Jagannātha.
মুকুন্দদত্ত লঞা আইলা সার্বভৌম স্থানে ।
সার্বভৌম কিছু তাঁরে বলিলা বচনে ॥ ৬৮ ॥
mukunda-datta lañā āilā sārvabhauma sthāne
sārvabhauma kichu tāṅre balilā vacane

Synonyms

mukunda-dattaMukunda Datta; lañātaking; āilāwent; sārvabhaumaof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; sthāneto the place; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kichusomething; tāṅreto Mukunda Datta; balilāsaid; vacanein words.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya then took Mukunda Datta with him and went to Sārvabhauma’s house. When they arrived, Sārvabhauma addressed Mukunda Datta as follows.
‘প্রকৃতি-বিনীত, সন্ন্যাসী দেখিতে সুন্দর ।
আমার বহুপ্রীতি বাড়ে ইঁহার উপর ॥ ৬৯ ॥
‘prakṛti-vinīta, sannyāsī dekhite sundara
āmāra bahu-prīti bāḍe iṅhāra upara

Synonyms

prakṛti-vinītaby nature very humble and meek; sannyāsīrenouncer; dekhiteto see; sundaravery beautiful; āmāramy; bahu-prītigreat affection; bāḍeincreases; iṅhāraHim; uparaupon.

Translation

“The sannyāsī is very meek and humble by nature, and His person is very beautiful to see. Consequently my affection for Him increases.

Purport

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya considered Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu a very humble and meek person because although Caitanya Mahāprabhu was a sannyāsī, He still retained His brahmacārī name. The Lord took sannyāsa from Keśava Bhāratī in the Bhāratī sampradāya, in which the brahmacārīs (the assistants of the sannyāsīs) are named “Caitanya.” Even after accepting sannyāsa, Caitanya Mahāprabhu retained the name “Caitanya,” meaning a humble servant of a sannyāsī. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya appreciated this very much.
কোন্ সম্প্রদায়ে সন্ন্যাস কর‌্যাছেন গ্রহণ ।
কিবা নাম ইঁহার, শুনিতে হয় মন ॥’ ৭০ ॥
kon sampradāye sannyāsa karyāchena grahaṇa
kibā nāma iṅhāra, śunite haya mana’

Synonyms

kon sampradāyein which community; sannyāsathe renounced order of life; karyāchenahas made; grahaṇaacceptance; kibāwhat; nāmaname; iṅhāraHis; śuniteto hear; hayait is; manamy mind.

Translation

“From which sampradāya has He accepted the sannyāsa order, and what is His name?”
গোপীনাথ কহে, — নাম শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য ।
গুরু ইঁহার কেশব-ভারতী মহাধন্য ॥ ৭১ ॥
gopīnātha kahe, — nāma śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya
guru iṅhāra keśava-bhāratī mahā-dhanya

Synonyms

gopīnātha kaheGopīnātha Ācārya replied; nāmaHis name; śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanyaŚrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya; gurusannyāsa-guru; iṅhāraHis; keśava-bhāratīof the name Keśava Bhāratī; mahā-dhanyathe greatly fortunate personality.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya replied, “The Lord’s name is Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya, and His sannyāsa preceptor is the greatly fortunate Keśava Bhāratī.”
সার্বভৌম কহে, — ‘ইঁহার নাম সর্বোত্তম ।
ভারতী সম্প্রদায় ইঁহো — হয়েন মধ্যম ॥’ ৭২ ॥
sārvabhauma kahe, — ‘iṅhāra nāma sarvottama
bhāratī-sampradāya iṅho — hayena madhyama’

Synonyms

sārvabhauma kaheSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied; iṅhāraHis; nāmaname; sarva-uttamafirst-class; bhāratī-sampradāyathe community of the Bhāratī sannyāsīs; iṅhoHe; hayenabecomes; madhyamamiddle-class.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “ ‘Śrī Kṛṣṇa’ is a very good name, but He belongs to the Bhāratī community. Therefore He is a second-class sannyāsī.”
গোপীনাথ কহে, — ইঁহার নাহি বাহ্যাপেক্ষা ।
অতএব বড় সম্প্রদায়ের নাহিক অপেক্ষা ॥ ৭৩ ॥
gopīnātha kahe, — iṅhāra nāhi bāhyāpekṣā
ataeva baḍa sampradāyera nāhika apekṣā

Synonyms

gopīnātha kaheGopīnātha Ācārya replied; iṅhāraof the Lord; nāhithere is not; bāhya-apekṣādependence on any external formality; ataevatherefore; baḍabig; sampradāyeraof a community; nāhikathere is not; apekṣānecessity.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya replied, “Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu does not rely on any external formality. There is no need for Him to accept the sannyāsa order from a superior sampradāya.”

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu accepted sannyāsa from the Bhāratī sampradāya (community), which belongs to the disciplic succession of Śaṅkarācārya. Śaṅkarācārya introduced names for his sannyāsa disciples, and these are ten in number. Out of these, the surnames Tīrtha, Āśrama and Sarasvatī are considered topmost. In the monastery at Śṛṅgerī, the surname Sarasvatī is considered first class, Bhāratī second class and Purī third class. A sannyāsī who has very nicely understood the slogan tat tvam asi and who takes his bath at the confluence of the rivers Ganges, Yamunā and Sarasvatī is called a Tīrtha. A person who is very eager to accept sannyāsa, who is detached from worldly activities, who has no desire for any kind of material facilities, and who is thus saved from repeated birth and death is known as Āśrama. When a sannyāsī lives in a beautiful, solitary place in the forest and is freed from all material desires, he is called Vana. A sannyāsī who always lives in the forest and renounces all connection with the world in order to be elevated to the heavenly planets, where he can live in the Nandana-kānana, is called Araṇya. One who prefers living in the mountains engaging in the study of the Bhagavad-gītā and whose intelligence is fixed is called Giri. One who prefers living in great mountains, even among ferocious animals, to attain the summit of philosophical speculation (understanding that the essence of this material world is useless) is called Parvata. A sannyāsī who has dipped into the ocean of the Absolute Truth and collected some valuable stones of knowledge from that ocean, who never falls from the regulative principles of a sannyāsī, is called Sāgara. One who has learned the classical art of music, who engages in its culture, and who has become expert and completely aloof from material attachment is called Sarasvatī. Sarasvatī is the goddess of music and learning, and in one hand she holds a musical instrument called a vīṇā. A sannyāsī who is always engaged in music for spiritual elevation is called Sarasvatī. One who has become completely educated and is freed from all kinds of ignorance and who is never unhappy, even in a distressed condition, is called Bhāratī. One who has become very expert in absolute knowledge, who is situated in the Absolute Truth, and who always discusses the Absolute Truth is called Purī.
All these sannyāsīs are assisted by brahmacārīs, who are described as follows: One who knows his real identity and is fixed in his particular occupational duty, who is always happy in spiritual understanding, is called Svarūpa-brahmacārī. One who completely knows the Brahman effulgence and is always engaged in the practice of yoga is called Prakāśa-brahmacārī. One who has acquired absolute knowledge and who always meditates on the Absolute Truth, knowledge, the unlimited and the Brahman effulgence, thus keeping himself in transcendental bliss, is called Ānanda-brahmacārī. One who is able to distinguish between matter and spirit, who is never disturbed by material transformations, and who meditates on the unlimited, inexhaustible, auspicious Brahman effulgence is a first-class, learned brahmacārī and is named Caitanya.
When Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was talking with Gopīnātha Ācārya about Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s sannyāsa community, he appreciated the first name, “Śrī Kṛṣṇa,” but did not like the surname, “Caitanya,” which is the name for a brahmacārī belonging to the Bhāratī community. He therefore suggested that the Lord be elevated to the Sarasvatī community. However, Gopīnātha Ācārya pointed out that the Lord does not depend on any external formality. Gopīnātha Ācārya was firmly convinced that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was Kṛṣṇa Himself and therefore independent of any external ritual or formality. If one wants to engage in pure devotional service, he does not require titular superiority as a Bhāratī or a Sarasvatī.
ভট্টাচার্য কহে, — ‘ইঁহার প্রৌঢ় যৌবন ।
কেমতে সন্ন্যাস-ধর্ম হইবে রক্ষণ ॥ ৭৪ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya kahe, — ‘iṅhāra prauḍha yauvana
kemate sannyāsa-dharma ha-ibe rakṣaṇa

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācārya kaheSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied; iṅhāraHis; prauḍhafull; yauvanayouth; kematehow; sannyāsa-dharmaprinciples of a sannyāsī; ha-ibethere will be; rakṣaṇaprotection.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya inquired, “Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is in His full-fledged youthful life. How can He keep the principles of sannyāsa?
নিরন্তর ইঁহাকে বেদান্ত শুনাইব ।
বৈরাগ্য-অদ্বৈত-মার্গে প্রবেশ করাইব ॥ ৭৫ ॥
nirantara iṅhāke vedānta śunāiba
vairāgya-advaita-mārge praveśa karāiba

Synonyms

nirantaracontinually; iṅhāketo Him; vedāntaVedānta philosophy; śunāibaI shall recite; vairāgyaof renunciation; advaitaof monism; mārgeon the path; praveśaentrance; karāibaI shall cause Him to make.

Translation

“I shall continually recite Vedānta philosophy before Caitanya Mahāprabhu so that He may remain fixed in His renunciation and thus enter upon the path of monism.”

Purport

According to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, among sannyāsīs the cultivation of Vedānta philosophy helps in becoming detached from sense gratification. Thus a sannyāsī can protect the prestige of wearing a loincloth (kaupīna). One has to practice sense control as well as mind control and subdue the six forces of speech, mind, anger, tongue, belly and genitals. Then one can become expert in understanding the devotional service of the Lord and thus become a perfect sannyāsī. For that purpose one must cultivate knowledge and renunciation regularly. When one is attached to material sense gratification, he cannot protect his sannyāsa order. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya suggested that by the study of vairāgya (renunciation) Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu might be saved from the clutches of full-fledged youthful desires.
কহেন যদি, পুনরপি যোগ-পট্ট দিয়া ।
সংস্কার করিয়ে উত্তম-সম্প্রদায়ে আনিয়া ॥’ ৭৬ ॥
kahena yadi, punarapi yoga-paṭṭa diyā
saṁskāra kariye uttama-sampradāye āniyā’

Synonyms

kahenasays; yadiif; punarapiagain; yoga-paṭṭa diyāoffering Him saffron cloth; saṁskārareformatory process; kariyeI perform; uttamafirst-class; sampradāyeto the community; āniyābringing.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya then suggested, “If Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would like, I could bring Him into a first-class sampradāya by offering Him saffron cloth and performing the reformatory process again.”

Purport

The Bhaṭṭācārya wanted to reinstate Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu into the Sarasvatī sampradāya because he did not like the Lord’s belonging to the Bhāratī sampradāya or Purī sampradāya. Actually, he did not know the position of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. As the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Caitanya Mahāprabhu did not depend on an inferior or superior sampradāya. The Supreme Personality of Godhead remains in the supreme position in all circumstances.
শুনি’ গোপীনাথ-মুকুন্দ দুঁহে দুঃখী হৈলা ।
গোপীনাথাচার্য কিছু কহিতে লাগিলা ॥ ৭৭ ॥
śuni’ gopīnātha-mukunda duṅhe duḥkhī hailā
gopīnāthācārya kichu kahite lāgilā

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; gopīnātha-mukundaGopīnātha Ācārya and Mukunda Datta; duṅheboth; duḥkhīunhappy; hailābecame; gopīnātha-ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya; kichusomething; kahiteto speak; lāgilābegan.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya and Mukunda Datta became very unhappy when they heard this. Gopīnātha Ācārya therefore addressed Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya as follows.
‘ভট্টাচার্য তুমি ইঁহার না জান মহিমা ।
ভগবত্তা-লক্ষণের ইঁহাতেই সীমা ॥ ৭৮ ॥
‘bhaṭṭācārya’ tumi iṅhāra nā jāna mahimā
bhagavattā-lakṣaṇera iṅhātei sīmā

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācāryamy dear Bhaṭṭācārya; tumiyou; iṅhāraof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; not; jānaknow; mahimāthe greatness; bhagavattāof being the Supreme Personality of Godhead; lakṣaṇeraof symptoms; iṅhāteiin Him; sīmāthe highest degree.

Translation

“My dear Bhaṭṭācārya, you do not know the greatness of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. All the symptoms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are found in Him to the highest degree.”

Purport

Since the Bhaṭṭācārya was an impersonalist, he had no idea of the Absolute Truth beyond the impersonal effulgence. However, Gopīnātha Ācārya informed him that Caitanya Mahāprabhu was the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Those who know the Absolute Truth know it in three phases, as explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.11):
vadanti tat tattva-vidastattvaṁ yaj jñānam advayam
brahmeti paramātmeti
bhagavān iti śabdyate
“Those who are in knowledge of the nondual Absolute Truth know very clearly what is Brahman, what is Paramātmā, and what is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.” The Supreme Personality of Godhead is ṣaḍ-aiśvarya-pūrṇa, complete with six opulences. Gopīnātha Ācārya emphasized that all those six opulences were completely existing in Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
তাহাতে বিখ্যাত ইঁহো পরম-ঈশ্বর ।
অজ্ঞ-স্থানে কিছু নহে বিজ্ঞের গোচর ॥’ ৭৯ ॥
tāhāte vikhyāta iṅho parama-īśvara
ajña-sthāne kichu nahe vijñera gocara’

Synonyms

tāhātetherefore; vikhyātacelebrated; iṅhoLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; parama-īśvarathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; ajña-sthānebefore an ignorant person; kichuany; nahenot; vijñeraof the person who knows; gocarainformation.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya continued, “Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu is celebrated as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Those who are ignorant in this connection find the conclusion of knowledgeable men very difficult to understand.”
শিষ্যগণ কহে, — ‘ঈশ্বর কহ কোন্ প্রমাণে ।’
আচার্য কহে, — ‘বিজ্ঞমত ঈশ্বর-লক্ষণে ॥’ ৮০ ॥
śiṣya-gaṇa kahe, — ‘īśvara kaha kon pramāṇe’
ācārya kahe, — ‘vijña-mata īśvara-lakṣaṇe’

Synonyms

śiṣya-gaṇa kahethe disciples of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said; īśvara kahayou say the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kon pramāṇeby what evidence; ācārya kaheGopīnātha Ācārya replied; vijña-matastatements of authorized persons; īśvara-lakṣaṇein understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

The disciples of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya retaliated, “By what evidence do you conclude that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the Supreme Lord?”

Purport

Gopīnātha Ācārya replied, “The statements of authorized ācāryas who understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are proof.”
Since the appearance of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, there have been many pseudo incarnations in India who do not present authorized evidence. Five hundred years ago the disciples of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, being very learned scholars, were certainly right in asking Gopīnātha Ācārya for evidence. If a person proposes that he himself is God or that someone else is an incarnation of God or God Himself, he must cite evidence from śāstra to prove his claim. Thus the request of the Bhaṭṭācārya’s disciples is quite bona fide. Unfortunately, at the present moment it has become fashionable to present someone as an incarnation of God without referring to the śāstras. Before an intelligent person accepts someone as an incarnation of God, however, he must ask about the evidence. When the disciples of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya challenged Gopīnātha Ācārya, he immediately replied correctly: “We must hear the statements of great personalities in order to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead.” Lord Kṛṣṇa is established as the Supreme Personality of Godhead by statements from many authorized persons, such as Brahmā, Nārada, Vyāsadeva, Asita and Arjuna. Similarly, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is also established as the Supreme Personality of Godhead by evidence from the same personalities. This will be explained later.
শিষ্য কহে, — ‘ঈশ্বর-তত্ত্ব সাধি অনুমানে ।’
আচার্য কহে, — ‘অনুমানে নহে ঈশ্বরজ্ঞানে ॥ ৮১ ॥
śiṣya kahe, — ‘īśvara-tattva sādhi anumāne’
ācārya kahe, — ‘anumāne nahe īśvara-jñāne

Synonyms

śiṣya kahethe disciples said; īśvara-tattvathe truth of the Absolute; sādhiderive; anumāneby hypothesis; ācārya kaheGopīnātha Ācārya replied; anumāneby hypothesis; nahethere is not; īśvara-jñānereal knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

The disciples of the Bhaṭṭācārya said, “We derive knowledge of the Absolute Truth by logical hypothesis.”

Purport

Gopīnātha Ācārya replied, “One cannot attain real knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead by such logical hypothesis and argument.”
The Māyāvādī philosophers in particular make certain hypotheses about the Absolute Truth. They reason that in the material world we experience that everything is created. If we trace the history of anything, we find a creator. Therefore there must be a creator of this huge cosmic manifestation. By such reasoning they come to the conclusion that a higher power has created this cosmic manifestation. The Māyāvādīs do not accept this great power to be a person. Their brains cannot accommodate the fact that the huge cosmic manifestation can be created by a person. They doubt this because as soon as they think of a person, they think of a person within the material world with limited potency. Sometimes the Māyāvādī philosophers will accept Lord Kṛṣṇa or Lord Rāma as Bhagavān, but they think of the Lord as a person having a material body. The Māyāvādīs do not understand that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, has a spiritual body. They think of Kṛṣṇa as a great personality, a human being, within whom there is the supreme impersonal power, Brahman. Therefore they finally conclude that the impersonal Brahman is the Supreme, not the personality Kṛṣṇa. This is the basis of Māyāvādī philosophy. However, from the śāstras we can understand that the Brahman effulgence consists of the bodily rays of Kṛṣṇa:
yasya prabhā prabhavato jagad-aṇḍa-koṭi-
koṭiṣv aśeṣa-vasudhādi-vibhūti-bhinnam
tad brahma niṣkalam anantam aśeṣa-bhūtaṁ
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
“I serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Govinda, the primeval Lord, the effulgence of whose transcendental body is known as the brahmajyoti. That brahmajyoti, which is unlimited, unfathomed and all-pervasive, is the cause of the creation of unlimited numbers of planets with varieties of climates and specific conditions of life.” (Brahma-saṁhitā 5.40)
Māyāvādī philosophers study the Vedic literature, but they do not understand that in the last stage of realization the Absolute Truth is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. They do accept the fact that there is a creator of this cosmic manifestation, but that is anumāna (hypothesis). The Māyāvādī philosophers’ logic is something like seeing smoke on a hill and concluding that there is a fire. When there is a forest fire on a high hill, smoke is first of all visible. Since it is known that smoke is created when there is fire, from seeing the smoke on the hill one can conclude that a fire is burning there. Similarly, from seeing this cosmic manifestation the Māyāvādī philosophers conclude that there must be a creator.
The disciples of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya wanted evidence to show that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was actually the creator of the cosmic manifestation. Only then would they accept Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the original cause of creation. Gopīnātha Ācārya replied that one could not understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead by guesswork. As Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad- gītā(7.25):
nāhaṁ prakāśaḥ sarvasyayoga-māyā-samāvṛtaḥ
mūḍho ’yaṁ nābhijānāti
loko mām ajam avyayam
“I am never manifest to the foolish and unintelligent. For them I am covered by My eternal creative potency [yogamāyā]; and so the deluded world knows Me not, who am unborn and infallible.” The Supreme Personality of Godhead reserves the right of not being exposed to nondevotees. He can only be understood by bona fide devotees. Lord Kṛṣṇa says elsewhere in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.55), bhaktyā mām abhijānāti: “One can understand Me only by the devotional process.” In the fourth chapter of the Bhagavad-gītā (4.3) Lord Kṛṣṇa says, bhakto ’si me sakhā ceti rahasyaṁ hy etad uttamam. Here Lord Kṛṣṇa informs Arjuna that He is disclosing the secrets of the Bhagavad-gītā to him because he is His devotee. Arjuna was not a sannyāsī, nor was he a Vedāntist or brāhmaṇa. He was, however, a devotee of Kṛṣṇa. The conclusion is that we have to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead from the devotees. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu Himself says, guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde pāya bhakti-latā-bīja. (Cc. Madhya 19.151)
More evidence can be cited to show that without the mercy of a devotee or the mercy of Kṛṣṇa, one cannot understand what is Kṛṣṇa and what is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in the next verse.
অনুমান প্রমাণ নহে ঈশ্বরতত্ত্বজ্ঞানে ।
কৃপা বিনা ঈশ্বরেরে কেহ নাহি জানে ॥ ৮২ ॥
anumāna pramāṇa nahe īśvara-tattva-jñāne
kṛpā vinā īśvarere keha nāhi jāne

Synonyms

anumāna pramāṇaevidence by hypothesis; nahethere is not; īśvara-tattva-jñānein understanding the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kṛpā vināwithout His mercy; īśvarerethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kehaanyone; nāhinot; jāneknows.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya continued, “One can understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead only by His mercy, not by guesswork or hypothesis.”

Purport

One cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead simply by exhibiting some mundane magic. Foolish people are enchanted by magical demonstrations, and when they see a few wonderful things done by mystical power, they accept a magician as the Personality of Godhead or an incarnation. This is not the way of realization. Nor should one guess or speculate about an incarnation of God or the Personality of Godhead. One has to learn from the bona fide person or from the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, as Arjuna did, by the mercy of Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa Himself also gives many hints about His potencies as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One should understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead only through the evidence presented by the śāstras and the mahājanas. In any case, one must have the mercy of the Lord in order to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead by devotional service.
ঈশ্বরের কৃপা-লেশ হয় ত’ যাহারে ।
সেই ত’ ঈশ্বর-তত্ত্ব জানিবারে পারে ॥ ৮৩ ॥
īśvarera kṛpā-leśa haya ta’ yāhāre
sei ta’ īśvara-tattva jānibāre pāre

Synonyms

īśvareraof the Personality of Godhead; kṛpā-leśaa little mercy; hayathere is; ta’certainly; yāhāreupon whom; sei ta’he certainly; īśvara-tattvathe Absolute Truth; jānibāreto know; pāreis able.

Translation

The Ācārya continued, “If one receives but a tiny bit of the Lord’s favor by dint of devotional service, he can understand the nature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
অথাপি তে দেব পদাম্বুজদ্বয়-
প্রসাদ-লেশানুগৃহীত এব হি ।
জানাতি তত্ত্বং ভগবন্মহিম্নো
ন চান্য একোঽপি চিরং বিচিন্বন্ ॥ ৮৪ ॥
athāpi te deva padāmbuja-dvaya-
prasāda-leśānugṛhīta eva hi
jānāti tattvaṁ bhagavan-mahimno
na cānya eko ’pi ciraṁ vicinvan

Synonyms

athatherefore; apiindeed; teYour; devamy Lord; pada-ambuja-dvayaof the two lotus feet; prasādaof the mercy; leśaby only a trace; anugṛhītaḥfavored; evacertainly; hiindeed; jānātione knows; tattvamthe truth; bhagavatof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahimnaḥof the greatness; nanever; caand; anyaḥanother; ekaḥone; apialthough; ciramfor a long period; vicinvanspeculating.

Translation

“ ‘My Lord, if one is favored by even a slight trace of the mercy of Your lotus feet, he can understand the greatness of Your personality. But those who speculate in order to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead are unable to know You, even though they continue to study the Vedas for many years.’ ”

Purport

The above verse is from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.14.29). The Brahma-saṁhitā states, vedeṣu durlabham adurlabham ātma-bhaktau (Bs. 5.33). Although the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, is the ultimate goal of knowledge (vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ), one who is not a pure devotee and who is not engaged in the service of the Lord cannot understand Him. Lord Brahmā therefore confirms this. Vedeṣu durlabham: “It is very difficult to understand the Supreme Lord simply through one’s studies.” Adurlabham ātma-bhaktau: “However, it is very easy for the devotees to capture the Lord.” The Lord is known as ajita (unconquerable). No one can conquer the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but the Lord consents to be conquered by His devotees. That is His nature. As stated in the Padma Purāṇa:
ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādina bhaved grahyam indriyaiḥ
sevonmukhe hi jihvādau
svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ
Being pleased by devotional activities, the Lord reveals Himself to His devotees. That is the way to understand Him.
The verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam quoted by Gopīnātha Ācārya was originally spoken by Lord Brahmā when he was defeated by Lord Kṛṣṇa. Lord Brahmā had stolen all the calves and cowherd boys in order to test Kṛṣṇa’s power. Lord Brahmā admitted that his own extraordinary powers within the universe were not in the least comparable to the unlimited powers of Lord Kṛṣṇa. If Lord Brahmā can make a mistake in understanding Kṛṣṇa, what to speak of ordinary persons, who either misunderstand Kṛṣṇa or falsely present a so-called incarnation of Kṛṣṇa for their own sense gratification.
যদ্যপি জগদ্‌গুরু তুমি — শাস্ত্র-জ্ঞানবান্ ।
পৃথিবীতে নাহি পণ্ডিত তোমার সমান ॥ ৮৫ ॥
ঈশ্বরের কৃপা-লেশ নাহিক তোমাতে ।
অতএব ঈশ্বরতত্ত্ব না পার জানিতে ॥ ৮৬ ॥
yadyapi jagad-guru tumi — śāstra-jñānavān
pṛthivīte nāhi paṇḍita tomāra samāna
īśvarera kṛpā-leśa nāhika tomāte
ataeva īśvara-tattva nā pāra jānite

Synonyms

yadyapialthough; jagat-gurua teacher of many disciples; tumiyou; śāstra-jñānavānwell versed in Vedic knowledge; pṛthivīteon this earth; nāhithere is not; paṇḍitaa learned scholar; tomārayour; samānaequal; īśvareraof the Supreme Personality of God-head; kṛpāof mercy; leśaa bit; nāhikathere is not; tomāteon you; ataevatherefore; īśvara-tattvathe Absolute Truth (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); pāraare not able; jāniteto know.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya then addressed Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya: “You are a great scholar and a teacher of many disciples. Indeed, there is no other scholar like you on earth. Nonetheless, because you are bereft of even a pinch of the Lord’s mercy, you cannot understand Him, even though He is present in your home.
তোমার নাহিক দোষ, শাস্ত্রে এই কহে ।
পাণ্ডিত্যাদ্যে ঈশ্বরতত্ত্ব-জ্ঞান কভু নহে ॥’ ৮৭ ॥
tomāra nāhika doṣa, śāstre ei kahe
pāṇḍityādye īśvara-tattva-jñāna kabhu nahe’

Synonyms

tomārayour; nāhikathere is not; doṣafault; śāstrethe scriptures; eithis; kahemention; pāṇḍitya-ādyesimply by scholarship, etc.; īśvara-tattva-jñānaknowledge of the principles of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kabhuever; nahethere is not.

Translation

“It is not your fault; it is the verdict of the scriptures. You cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead simply by scholarship.”

Purport

This is a very important verse. Even big scholars cannot understand Kṛṣṇa, yet they dare comment on the Bhagavad-gītā. Reading the Bhagavad-gītā means understanding Kṛṣṇa, yet we actually see many scholars making blunders in trying to understand Kṛṣṇa. Gopīnātha Ācārya’s statement is confirmed in many places in the Vedic literature. In the Kaṭha Upaniṣad (1.2.23) it is stated:
nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo
na medhayā na bahunā śrutena
yam evaiṣa vṛṇute tena labhyas
tasyaiṣa ātmā vivṛṇute tanūṁ svām
It is also stated in Kaṭha Upaniṣad (1.2.9):
naiṣā tarkeṇa matir āpaneyā
proktānyenaiva sujñānāya preṣṭha
yāṁ tvam āpaḥ satya-dhṛtir batāsi
tvādṛṅ no bhūyān naciketaḥ praṣṭā
The fact is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul, cannot be attained simply by explanations, logic and erudite scholarship. One cannot understand Him simply by one’s brain substance. Even by studying all the Vedic literatures, one cannot understand the Supreme Lord. However, if one is slightly favored by the mercy of the Lord, if the Lord is pleased, one can understand Him. But who are the candidates eligible to receive the mercy of the Lord? Only the devotees. They alone can understand what is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord reveals Himself to the sincere devotee when He is pleased with his service: svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ. One should not try to understand the Lord simply from the statements of the Vedas, nor should one uselessly attempt to decry these statements through reasoning and logic.
সার্বভৌম কহে, — আচার্য, কহ সাবধানে ।
তোমাতে ঈশ্বর-কৃপা ইথে কি প্রমাণে ॥ ৮৮ ॥
sārvabhauma kahe, — ācārya, kaha sāvadhāne
tomāte īśvara-kṛpā ithe ki pramāṇe

Synonyms

sārvabhauma kaheSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya says; ācāryamy dear Gopīnātha Ācārya; kahakindly speak; sāvadhānevery carefully; tomāteunto you; īśvara-kṛpāmercy of the Lord; ithein this matter; ki pramāṇeby what evidence.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied, “My dear Gopīnātha Ācārya, please speak with great care. What is the proof that you have received the mercy of the Lord?”
আচার্য কহে, — “বস্তু-বিষয়ে হয় বস্তু-জ্ঞান ।
বস্তুতত্ত্ব-জ্ঞান হয় কৃপাতে প্রমাণ ॥ ৮৯ ॥
ācārya kahe, — “vastu-viṣaye haya vastu-jñāna
vastu-tattva-jñāna haya kṛpāte pramāṇa

Synonyms

ācārya kaheGopīnātha Ācārya replied; vastu-viṣayein the matter of the summum bonum; hayathere is; vastu-jñānaknowledge of the Supreme; vastu-tattvaof the Absolute Truth; jñānaknowledge; hayais; kṛpāteof the mercy; pramāṇathe evidence.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya replied, “Knowledge of the summum bonum, the Absolute Truth, is evidence of the mercy of the Supreme Lord.”

Purport

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya informed his brother-in-law, Gopīnātha Ācārya, “The Supreme Personality of Godhead may not have shown mercy to me, but what is the proof of His having shown it to you? Kindly let us know about this.” In reply to this, Gopīnātha Ācārya said that the summum bonum, the Absolute Truth, and His different potencies are identical. Therefore one can understand the substance of the Absolute Truth by the manifestation of His different potencies. The summum bonum includes all potencies in one unit. The Absolute Truth combined with different characteristics is the original substance (vastu): parāsya śaktir vividhaiva śrūyate.
Thus the Vedas state that the Absolute Truth has different potencies. When one understands the characteristics of the potencies of the Absolute Truth, one is aware of the Absolute Truth. On the material platform as well, one can understand the substance by the manifestation of its symptoms. For example, when there is heat, it is to be understood that there is fire. The heat of the fire is perceived directly. The fire may not be visible, but one can search out the fire by feeling heat. Similarly, if one can perceive the characteristics of the Absolute Truth, we can know that he has understood the substance of the Absolute Truth by the mercy of the Lord.
In the Bhagavad-gītā (7.25) it is said, nāhaṁ prakāśaḥ sarvasya: the Supreme Personality of Godhead reserves the right of not being exposed to everyone. Sevonmukhe hi jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ: “The Lord reveals Himself to a devotee when He is completely satisfied by the devotee’s service.” Thus one cannot understand the Supreme Lord without His mercy. The Absolute Truth cannot be understood by speculation, and this is the conclusion of the Bhagavad-gītā.
ইঁহার শরীরে সব ঈশ্বর-লক্ষণ ।
মহা-প্রেমাবেশ তুমি পাঞাছ দর্শন ॥ ৯০ ॥
iṅhāra śarīre saba īśvara-lakṣaṇa
mahā-premāveśa tumi pāñācha darśana

Synonyms

iṅhāraHis; śarīrein the body; sabaall; īśvara-lakṣaṇacharacteristics of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mahā-prema-āveśaabsorption in transcendental ecstasy; tumiyou; pāñāchahave obtained; darśanaseeing.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya continued, “You have seen the symptoms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in the body of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu during His absorption in an ecstatic mood.
তবু ত’ ঈশ্বর-জ্ঞান না হয় তোমার ।
ঈশ্বরের মায়া এই — বলি ব্যবহার ॥ ৯১ ॥
tabu ta’ īśvara-jñāna nā haya tomāra
īśvarera māyā ei — bali vyavahāra

Synonyms

tabu ta’still, however; īśvara-jñānaknowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; not; hayathere is; tomārayour; īśvareraof the Lord; māyāthe illusion; eithis; balisaying; vyavahārathe general term.

Translation

“Despite directly perceiving the symptoms of the Supreme Lord in the body of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, you cannot understand Him. This is commonly called illusion.

Purport

Gopīnātha Ācārya is pointing out that Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya had already seen uncommon symptoms of ecstasy in the body of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
These uncommon symptoms of ecstatic love indicated the Supreme Person, but despite having seen all these symptoms, the Bhaṭṭācārya could not understand the Lord’s transcendental nature. He was considering the Lord’s pastimes to be mundane. This was certainly due to illusion.
দেখিলে না দেখে তারে বহির্মুখ জন ।”
শুনি’ হাসি’ সার্বভৌম বলিল বচন ॥ ৯২ ॥
dekhile nā dekhe tāre bahirmukha jana”
śuni’ hāsi’ sārvabhauma balila vacana

Synonyms

dekhileeven after seeing; not; dekhesees; tārethe Supreme Person; bahiḥ-mukha janaa person influenced by the external energy; śuni’hearing this; hāsi’smiling; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; balilasaid; vacanathe words.

Translation

“A person influenced by the external energy is called bahirmukha jana, a mundane person, because despite his perception, he cannot understand the real substance.” Hearing Gopīnātha Ācārya say this, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya smiled and began to speak as follows.

Purport

When one’s heart is not cleansed, one cannot awaken the transcendental nature of devotional service. As Lord Kṛṣṇa confirms in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.28):
yeṣāṁ tv anta-gataṁ pāpaṁjanānāṁ puṇya-karmaṇām
te dvandva-moha-nirmuktā
bhajante māṁ dṛḍha-vratāḥ
“Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life and whose sinful actions are completely eradicated are freed from the dualities of delusion, and they engage themselves in My service with determination.”
When one is actually engaged in pure devotional service, it is understood that he has already attained freedom from all reactions to sinful activities. In other words, it is to be understood that devotees are already freed from sin. A sinful person, a miscreant (duṣkṛtī), cannot engage in devotional service. Nor can one engage in devotional service simply on the basis of scholarly speculation. One has to wait for the mercy of the Lord in order to render pure devotional service.
ইষ্টগোষ্ঠী বিচার করি, না করিহ রোষ ।
শাস্ত্রদৃষ্ট্যে কহি, কিছু না লইহ দোষ ॥ ৯৩ ॥
iṣṭa-goṣṭhī vicāra kari, nā kariha roṣa
śāstra-dṛṣṭye kahi, kichu nā la-iha doṣa

Synonyms

iṣṭa-goṣṭhīdiscussion among friends; vicāraconsideration; kariwe do; not; karihamake; roṣaanger; śāstra-dṛṣṭyeaccording to the conclusion of scriptures; kahiwe speak; kichuany; not; la-ihatake; doṣafault.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya said, “We are just having a discussion among friends and considering the points described in the scriptures. Do not become angry. I am simply speaking on the strength of the śāstras. Please don’t take any offense.
মহা-ভাগবত হয় চৈতন্য-গোসাঞি ।
এই কলিকালে বিষ্ণুর অবতার নাই ॥ ৯৪ ॥
mahā-bhāgavata haya caitanya-gosāñi
ei kali-kāle viṣṇura avatāra nāi

Synonyms

mahā-bhāgavataa great devotee; hayais; caitanya-gosāñiLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; eithis; kali-kālein the Age of Kali; viṣṇuraof Lord Viṣṇu; avatāraincarnation; nāithere is not.

Translation

“Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is certainly a great, uncommon devotee, but we cannot accept Him as an incarnation of Lord Viṣṇu because, according to śāstra, there is no incarnation in this Age of Kali.
অতএব ‘ত্রিযুগ’ করি’ কহি বিষ্ণুনাম ।
কলিযুগে অবতার নাহি, — শাস্ত্রজ্ঞান ॥ ৯৫ ॥
ataeva ‘tri-yuga’ kari’ kahi viṣṇu-nāma
kali-yuge avatāra nāhī, — śāstra-jñāna

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; tri-yugathe Lord, who appears in three yugas only; kari’making; kahiwe say; viṣṇu-nāmathe holy name of Lord Viṣṇu; kali-yugein the Age of Kali; avatāraincarnation; nāhithere is not; śāstra-jñānathe verdict of the scriptures.

Translation

“Another name for Lord Viṣṇu is Triyuga because there is no incarnation of Lord Viṣṇu in Kali-yuga. Indeed, this is the verdict of the revealed scriptures.”

Purport

The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Viṣṇu, is known as Triyuga, which means that He is manifest in three yugas. However, this means that in the Age of Kali the Lord appears not directly but in disguise. This is confirmed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.9.38):
itthaṁ nṛ-tiryag-ṛṣi-deva-jhaṣāvatārair
lokān vibhāvayasi haṁsi jagat-pratīpān
dharmaṁ mahā-puruṣa pāsi yugānuvṛttaṁ
channaḥ kalau yad abhavas tri-yugo ’tha sa tvam
“My Lord, You kill all the enemies of the world in Your multifarious incarnations in the families of men, animals, demigods, ṛṣis, aquatics and so on. Thus You illuminate the worlds with transcendental knowledge. In the Age of Kali, O Mahāpuruṣa, You sometimes appear in a covered incarnation. Therefore You are known as Triyuga [one who appears in only three yugas].”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Svāmī has also verified that Lord Viṣṇu appears in the Age of Kali but does not act as He does in other ages. Lord Viṣṇu incarnates for two purposes: paritrāṇāya sādhūnāṁ vināśāya ca duṣkṛtām. That is, He comes to engage in pastimes with His devotees and to annihilate the demons. These purposes are visible in the Satya, Tretā and Dvāpara yugas, but in Kali-yuga the Lord appears disguised. He does not directly kill demons and give protection to the faithful. Because the Lord is not directly perceived in Kali-yuga but is directly known in the other three yugas, His name is Triyuga.
শুনিয়া আচার্য কহে দুঃখী হঞা মনে ।
শাস্ত্রজ্ঞ করিঞা তুমি কর অভিমানে ॥ ৯৬ ॥
śuniyā ācārya kahe duḥkhī hañā mane
śāstra-jña kariñā tumi kara abhimāne

Synonyms

śuniyāhearing this; ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya; kahesays; duḥkhīunhappy; hañābecoming; manein the mind; śāstra-jñawell versed in Vedic scriptures; kariñātaking as; tumiyou; karado; abhimānepride.

Translation

Upon hearing this, Gopīnātha Ācārya became very unhappy. He said to the Bhaṭṭācārya, “You consider yourself the knower of all Vedic scriptures.
ভাগবত-ভারত দুই শাস্ত্রের প্রধান ।
সেই দুইগ্রন্থ-বাক্যে নাহি অবধান ॥ ৯৭ ॥
bhāgavata-bhārata dui śāstrera pradhāna
sei dui-grantha-vākye nāhi avadhāna

Synonyms

bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; bhārataMahābhārata; duitwo; śāstreraof all Vedic scriptures; pradhānathe most prominent; seithose; dui-granthaof the two scriptures; vākyein the statements; nāhithere is not; avadhānaattention.

Translation

“Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and the Mahābhārata are the two most important Vedic scriptures, but you have paid no attention to their statements.
সেই দুই কহে কলিতে সাক্ষাৎ-অবতার ।
তুমি কহ, — কলিতে নাহি বিষ্ণুর প্রচার ॥ ৯৮ ॥
sei dui kahe kalite sākṣāt-avatāra
tumi kaha, — kalite nāhi viṣṇura pracāra

Synonyms

seithose; duitwo; kahesay; kalitein this Age of Kali; sākṣātdirect; avatāraincarnation; tumiyou; kahasay; kalitein this Age of Kali; nāhithere is not; viṣṇuraof Lord Viṣṇu; pracāramanifestation.

Translation

“In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and the Mahābhārata it is stated that the Lord appears directly, but you say that in this age there is no manifestation or incarnation of Lord Viṣṇu.
কলিযুগে লীলাবতার না করে ভগবান্ ।
অতএব ‘ত্রিযুগ’ করি’ কহি তার নাম ॥ ৯৯ ॥
kali-yuge līlāvatāra nā kare bhagavān
ataeva ‘tri-yuga’ kari’ kahi tāra nāma

Synonyms

kali-yugein this Age of Kali; līlā-avatāraa pastime incarnation; not; karedoes; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; ataevatherefore; tri-yugaTriyuga (manifested in three yugas); kari’accepting; kahiI say; tāra nāmaHis holy name.

Translation

“In this Age of Kali there is no līlā-avatāra of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; therefore He is known as Triyuga. That is one of His holy names.”

Purport

A līlā-avatāra is an incarnation of the Lord who performs a variety of activities without making any special endeavor. He always has one pastime after another, all full of transcendental pleasure, and these pastimes are fully controlled by the Supreme Person. The Supreme Person is totally independent of all others in these pastimes. While teaching Sanātana Gosvāmī (Cc. Madhya 20.296-298), Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu pointed out that one cannot count the number of līlā-avatāras:
līlāvatāra kṛṣṇera nā yāya gaṇana
pradhāna kariyā kahi dig-daraśana
“However,” the Lord told Sanātana, “I shall explain the chief līlā-avatāras.
matsya, kūrma, raghunātha, nṛsiṁha, vāmana
varāhādi — lekhā yāṅra nā yāya gaṇana
Thus the Lord’s incarnations were enumerated, including Matsya, the fish incarnation; Kūrma, the tortoise; Lord Rāmacandra; Nṛsiṁhadeva; Vāmanadeva; and Varāha, the boar incarnation. Thus there are innumerable līlā-avatāras, and all of these exhibit wonderful pastimes. Lord Varāha, the boar incarnation, lifted the entire planet earth from the depths of the Garbhodaka Ocean. The tortoise incarnation, Lord Kūrma, became a pivot for the emulsification of the whole sea, and Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva appeared as half-man, half-lion. These are some of the wonderful and uncommon features of līlā-avatāras.
In his book Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has enumerated the following twenty-five līlā-avatāras: Catuḥ-sana, Nārada, Varāha, Matsya, Yajña, Nara-Nārāyaṇa, Kapila, Dattātreya, Hayaśīrṣa (Hayagrīva), Haṁsa, Pṛśnigarbha, Ṛṣabha, Pṛthu, Nṛsiṁha, Kūrma, Dhanvantari, Mohinī, Vāmana, Paraśurāma, Rāghavendra, Vyāsa, Balarāma, Kṛṣṇa, Buddha and Kalki.
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is not mentioned as a līlā-avatāra because He is an incarnation in disguise (channa-avatāra). In this Age of Kali there are no līlā-avatāras, but there is an incarnation of the Lord manifested in the body of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. This has been explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
প্রতিযুগে করেন কৃষ্ণ যুগ-অবতার ।
তর্কনিষ্ঠ হৃদয় তোমার নাহিক বিচার ॥ ১০০ ॥
pratiyuge karena kṛṣṇa yuga-avatāra
tarka-niṣṭha hṛdaya tomāra nāhika vicāra

Synonyms

prati-yugein every age or millennium; karenamakes; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; yuga-avatāraincarnation for the age; tarka-niṣṭhahardened by argument; hṛdayaheart; tomārayour; nāhikathere is not; vicāraconsideration.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya continued, “There is certainly an incarnation in every age, and such an incarnation is called the yuga-avatāra. But your heart has become so hardened by logic and argument that you cannot consider all these facts.
আসন্ বর্ণাস্ত্রয়ো হ্যস্য গৃহ্ণতোঽনুযুগং তনূঃ ।
শুক্লো রক্তস্তথা পীত ইদানীং কৃষ্ণতাং গতঃ ॥ ১০১ ॥
āsan varṇās trayo hy asya
gṛhṇato ’nu-yugaṁ tanūḥ
śuklo raktas tathā pīta
idānīṁ kṛṣṇatāṁ gataḥ

Synonyms

āsanthere were; varṇāḥcolors; trayaḥthree; hiindeed; asyaof Him; gṛhṇataḥaccepting; anu-yugamaccording to the age; tanūḥbodies; śuklaḥwhite; raktaḥred; tathāalso; pītaḥyellow; idānīmat the present moment; kṛṣṇatāmblackish; gataḥhas accepted.

Translation

“ ‘In the past, your son has had bodies of three different colors, according to the age. These colors were white, red and yellow. In this age [Dvāpara-yuga] He has accepted a blackish body.’

Purport

This verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.8.13) was spoken by Garga Muni when he was performing the rituals at Lord Kṛṣṇa’s name-giving ceremony. He states that the incarnations of the Lord in other ages had been white, red and yellow. This yellow color refers to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, whose bodily complexion was yellowish. This confirms that in past Kali-yugas the Lord also had incarnated in a body that was yellow in hue. It is understood that the Lord incarnates in different colors for the different yugas (Satya, Tretā, Dvāpara and Kali). Accepting the color yellow (pīta), as well as other characteristics, the Lord incarnated as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. This is the verdict of all Vedic authorities.
ইতি দ্বাপর উর্বীশ স্তুবন্তি জগদীশ্বরম্ ।
নানাতন্ত্রবিধানেন কলাবপি তথা শৃণু ॥ ১০২ ॥
iti dvāpara urv-īśa
stuvanti jagad-īśvaram
nānā-tantra-vidhānena
kalāv api tathā śṛṇu

Synonyms

itithus; dvāparein Dvāpara-yuga; uru-īśaO King; stuvantioffer prayers; jagat-īśvaramunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nānāvarious; tantraof the supplementary Vedic literatures; vidhānenaby regulative principles; kalauin the Age of Kali; apicertainly; tathāso also; śṛṇuhear.

Translation

“ ‘In the Age of Kali, as well as in Dvāpara-yuga, the people offer prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead by various mantras and observe the regulative principles of the supplementary Vedic literatures. Now please hear of this from me.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.31).
কৃষ্ণবর্ণং ত্বিষাঽকৃষ্ণং সাঙ্গোপাঙ্গাস্ত্রপার্ষদম্ ।
যজ্ঞৈঃ সংকীর্তনপ্রায়ৈর্যজন্তি হি সুমেধসঃ ॥ ১০৩ ॥
kṛṣṇa-varṇaṁ tviṣākṛṣṇaṁ
sāṅgopāṅgāstra-pārṣadam
yajñaiḥ saṅkīrtana-prāyair
yajanti hi su-medhasaḥ

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-varṇamchanting the two syllables kṛṣ and ṇa; tviṣāby complexion; akṛṣṇamnot blackish; sa-aṅgaaccompanied by personal expansions; upa-aṅgadevotees; astrathe weapon of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; pārṣadamand associates like Gadādhara, Svarūpa Dāmodara, etc.; yajñaiḥby sacrifice; saṅkīrtanacongregational chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; prāyaiḥchiefly consisting of; yajantiworship; hiindeed; su-medhasaḥthose who are intelligent.

Translation

“ ‘In this Age of Kali, those who are intelligent perform the congregational chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who appears in this age always describing the glories of Kṛṣṇa. That incarnation is yellowish in hue and is always associated with His plenary expansions [such as Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu] and personal expansions [such as Gadādhara], as well as His devotees and associates [such as Svarūpa Dāmodara].’

Purport

This verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.32) is explained by Śrī Jīva Gosvāmī in his Krama-sandarbha, as quoted by Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura in regard to the explanation of Ādi-līlā, third chapter, verse 52.
সুবর্ণবর্ণো হেমাঙ্গো বরাঙ্গশ্চন্দনাঙ্গদী ।
সন্ন্যাসকৃচ্ছমঃ শান্তো নিষ্ঠা-শান্তি-পরায়ণঃ ॥ ১০৪ ॥
suvarṇa-varṇo hemāṅgo
varāṅgaś candanāṅgadī
sannyāsa-kṛc chamaḥ śānto
niṣṭhā-śānti-parāyaṇaḥ

Synonyms

suvarṇa-varṇaḥwhose complexion is like gold; hema-aṅgaḥhaving a body like molten gold; vara-aṅgaḥwhose body is very beautifully constructed; candana-aṅgadīsmeared with the pulp of sandalwood; sannyāsa-kṛtaccepting the renounced order of life; śamaḥself-controlled; śāntaḥpeaceful; niṣṭhāfirmly fixed; śāntibringing peace by propagating the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; parāyaṇaḥalways in the ecstatic mood of devotional service.

Translation

“ ‘The Lord [in the incarnation of Gaurasundara] has a golden complexion. Indeed, His entire body, which is very nicely constituted, is like molten gold. Sandalwood pulp is smeared all over His body. He will take the fourth order of spiritual life [sannyāsa] and will be very much self-controlled. He will be distinguished from Māyāvādī sannyāsīs in that He will be fixed in devotional service and will spread the saṅkīrtana movement.’ ”

Purport

Gopīnātha Ācārya quoted this verse from the Mahābhārata’s Viṣṇu-sahasra-nāma-stotra.
তোমার আগে এত কথার নাহি প্রয়োজন ।
ঊষর-ভূমিতে যেন বীজের রোপণ ॥ ১০৫ ॥
tomāra āge eta kathāra nāhi prayojana
ūṣara-bhūmite yena bījera ropaṇa

Synonyms

tomāra āgebefore you; etaso many; kathāraof words; nāhithere is not; prayojananecessity; ūṣara-bhūmitein barren land; yenalike; bījeraof the seed; ropaṇasowing.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya then said, “There is no need to quote so much evidence from the śāstras, for you are a very dry speculator. There is no need to sow seeds in barren land.
তোমার উপরে তাঁর কৃপা যবে হবে ।
এসব সিদ্ধান্ত তবে তুমিহ কহিবে ॥ ১০৬ ॥
tomāra upare tāṅra kṛpā yabe habe
e-saba siddhānta tabe tumiha kahibe

Synonyms

tomāra upareupon you; tāṅrathe Lord’s; kṛpāmercy; yabewhen; habethere will be; e-sabaall these; siddhāntaconclusions; tabeat that time; tumihayou also; kahibewill quote.

Translation

“When the Lord will be pleased with you, you will also understand these conclusions and will quote from the śāstras.
তোমার যে শিষ্য কহে কুতর্ক, নানাবাদ ।
ইহার কি দোষ — এই মায়ার প্রসাদ ॥ ১০৭ ॥
tomāra ye śiṣya kahe kutarka, nānā-vāda
ihāra ki doṣa — ei māyāra prasāda

Synonyms

tomārayour; yewhich; śiṣyadisciples; kahesay; ku-tarkafalse arguments; nānā-vādajugglery of philosophy; ihāratheir; kiwhat; doṣafault; eithis; māyāraof illusion; prasādabenediction.

Translation

“The false arguments and philosophical word jugglery of your disciples are not faults of theirs. They have simply received the benediction of Māyāvāda philosophy.
যচ্ছক্তয়ো বদতাং বাদিনাং বৈ, বিবাদ-সংবাদ-ভুবো ভবন্তি ।
কুর্বন্তি চৈষাং মুহুরাত্মমোহং, তস্মৈ নমোঽনন্তগুণায় ভূম্নে ॥ ১০৮ ॥
yac-chaktayo vadatāṁ vādināṁ vai
vivāda-saṁvāda-bhuvo bhavanti
kurvanti caiṣāṁ muhur ātma-mohaṁ
tasmai namo ’nanta-guṇāya bhūmne

Synonyms

yatwhose; śaktayaḥpotencies; vadatāmcontending; vādināmof the opposing disputants; vaiindeed; vivādaof opposition; saṁvādaof agreement; bhuvaḥobjects; bhavantibecome; kurvantido; caalso; eṣāmof them; muhuḥalways; ātma-mohamillusion of the self; tasmaiunto Him; namaḥobeisances; anantaunlimited; guṇāyawho has qualities; bhūmnethe Supreme.

Translation

“ ‘I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is full of unlimited qualities and whose different potencies bring about agreement and disagreement between disputants. Thus the illusory energy again and again covers the self-realization of both disputants.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (6.4.31).
যুক্তং সন্তি সর্বত্র ভাষন্তে ব্রাহ্মণা যথা ।
মায়াং মদীয়ামুদ্‌গৃহ্য বদতাং কিং নু দুর্ঘটম্ ॥ ১০৯ ॥
yuktaṁ ca santi sarvatra
bhāṣante brāhmaṇā yathā
māyāṁ madīyām udgṛhya
vadatāṁ kiṁ nu durghaṭam

Synonyms

yuktamquite befitting; caalso; santiare; sarvatraeverywhere; bhāṣantespeak; brāhmaṇāḥthe learned; yathāas much; māyāmillusion; madīyāmof Me; udgṛhyaaccepting; vadatāmof the speculators; kimwhat; nucertainly; durghaṭamimpossible.

Translation

“ ‘In almost all cases, whatever learned brāhmaṇas speak becomes accepted; nothing is impossible for one who takes shelter of My illusory energy and speaks under her influence.’ ”

Purport

In this verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.22.4), the Supreme Personality of Godhead explains that His illusory energy can perform the impossible; such is the power of the illusory energy. In many cases philosophical speculators have covered the real truth and have boldly set forth false theories. In ancient times philosophers like Kapila, Gautama, Jaimini, Kaṇāda and similar brāhmaṇas propounded useless philosophical theories, and in modern days so-called scientists are setting forth many false theories about the creation, backed up by seemingly logical arguments. This is all due to the influence of the Supreme Lord’s illusory energy. The illusory energy, therefore, sometimes appears correct because it is emanating from the Supreme Correct. To avoid the very bewildering illusory influence, one must accept the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as they are. Only then can one escape the influence of the illusory energy.
তবে ভট্টাচার্য কহে, যাহ গোসাঞির স্থানে ।
আমার নামে গণ-সহিত কর নিমন্ত্রণে ॥ ১১০ ॥
tabe bhaṭṭācārya kahe, yāha gosāñira sthāne
āmāra nāme gaṇa-sahita kara nimantraṇe

Synonyms

tabethereafter; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kahesays; yāhaplease go; gosāñira sthaneto the place of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āmāra nāmein my name; gaṇa-sahitawith His associates; karamake; nimantraṇeinvitation.

Translation

After hearing this from Gopīnātha Ācārya, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “First go to the place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is staying and invite Him here with His associates. Ask Him on my account.
প্রসাদ আনি’ তাঁরে করাহ আগে ভিক্ষা ।
পশ্চাৎ আসি’ আমারে করাইহ শিক্ষা ॥ ১১১ ॥
prasāda āni’ tāṅre karāha āge bhikṣā
paścāt āsi’ āmāre karāiha śikṣā

Synonyms

prasāda āni’bringing jagannātha-prasādam; tāṅreunto Him; karāhamake; āgefirst; bhikṣāacceptance; paścātafterwards; āsi’coming here; āmāreunto me; karāihacause; śikṣāteaching.

Translation

“Take jagannātha-prasādam and first give it to Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His associates. After that, come back here and teach me well.”
আচার্য — ভগিনীপতি, শ্যালক — ভট্টাচার্য ।
নিন্দা-স্তুতি-হাস্যে শিক্ষা করা’ন আচার্য ॥ ১১২ ॥
ācārya — bhaginī-pati, śyālaka — bhaṭṭācārya
nindā-stuti-hāsye śikṣā karā’na ācārya

Synonyms

ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya; bhaginī-patisister’s husband; śyālakawife’s brother; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; nindāsometimes blaspheming; stutisometimes by praising; hāsyesometimes by laughing; śikṣāinstruction; karā’nacauses; ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya was the brother-in-law of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; therefore their relationship was very sweet and intimate. Under the circumstances, Gopīnātha Ācārya taught him by sometimes blaspheming him, sometimes praising him and sometimes laughing at him. This had been going on for some time.
আচার্যের সিদ্ধান্তে মুকুন্দের হৈল সন্তোষ ।
ভট্টাচার্যের বাক্যে মনে হৈল দুঃখ-রোষ ॥ ১১৩ ॥
ācāryera siddhānte mukundera haila santoṣa
bhaṭṭācāryera vākya mane haila duḥkha-roṣa

Synonyms

ācāryeraof Gopīnātha Ācārya; siddhāntewith the conclusions; mukunderaof Mukunda Datta; hailathere was; santoṣasatisfaction; bhaṭṭācāryeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; vākyeby the words; manein the mind; hailathere was; duḥkhaunhappiness; roṣaand anger.

Translation

Śrīla Mukunda Datta felt very satisfied to hear the conclusive statements of Gopīnātha Ācārya, but he became very unhappy and angry to hear the statements put forward by Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
গোসাঞির স্থানে আচার্য কৈল আগমন ।
ভট্টাচার্যের নামে তাঁরে কৈল নিমন্ত্রণ ॥ ১১৪ ॥
gosāñira sthāne ācārya kaila āgamana
bhaṭṭācāryera nāme tāṅre kaila nimantraṇa

Synonyms

gosāñira sthāneto the place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was staying; ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya; kailadid; āgamanacoming; bhaṭṭācāryera nāmeon behalf of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; tāṅreunto Him; kailamade; nimantraṇainvitation.

Translation

According to the instructions of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, Gopīnātha Ācārya went to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and invited Him on the Bhaṭṭācārya’s behalf.
মুকুন্দ-সহিত কহে ভট্টাচার্যের কথা ।
ভট্টাচার্যের নিন্দা করে, মনে পাঞা ব্যথা ॥ ১১৫ ॥
mukunda-sahita kahe bhaṭṭācāryera kathā
bhaṭṭācāryera nindā kare, mane pāñā vyathā

Synonyms

mukunda-sahitaalong with Mukunda; kahedescribes; bhaṭṭācāryera kathāall the words of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; bhaṭṭācāryeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; nindādefamation; karedoes; manein the mind; pāñāgetting; vyathāsome pain.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya’s statements were discussed before Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Gopīnātha Ācārya and Mukunda Datta disapproved of the Bhaṭṭācārya’s statements because they caused mental pain.
শুনি মহাপ্রভু কহে ঐছে মৎ কহ ।
আমা প্রতি ভট্টাচার্যের হয় অনুগ্রহ ॥ ১১৬ ॥
śuni mahāprabhu kahe aiche mat kaha
āmā prati bhaṭṭācāryera haya anugraha

Synonyms

śunihearing them; mahāprabhuCaitanya Mahāprabhu; kahesays; aichesuch; mat kahado not speak; āmā pratitoward Me; bhaṭṭācāryeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; hayathere is; anugrahamercy.

Translation

Hearing this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “Do not speak like that. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya has shown great affection and mercy toward Me.
আমার সন্ন্যাস-ধর্ম চাহেন রাখিতে ।
বাৎসল্যে করুণা করেন, কি দোষ ইহাতে ॥ ১১৭ ॥
āmāra sannyāsa-dharma cāhena rākhite
vātsalye karuṇā karena, ki doṣa ihāte

Synonyms

āmāraMy; sannyāsa-dharmaregulative principles of sannyāsa; cāhenahe wants; rākhiteto keep; vātsalyeout of paternal affection; karuṇāmercy; karenadoes; kiwhat; doṣafault; ihātein this connection.

Translation

“Out of paternal affection for Me, he wants to protect Me and see that I follow the regulative principles of a sannyāsī. What fault is there in this?”
আর দিন মহাপ্ৰভু ভট্টাচার্য-সনে ।
আনন্দে করিলা জগন্নাথ দরশনে ॥ ১১৮ ॥
āra dina mahāprabhu bhaṭṭācārya-sane
ānande karilā jagannātha daraśane

Synonyms

āra dinathe next day; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhaṭṭācārya-sanealong with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; ānandein great pleasure; karilādid; jagannāthato Lord Jagannātha; daraśanevisit.

Translation

The next morning, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya together visited the temple of Lord Jagannātha. Both of them were in a very pleasant mood.
ভট্টাচার্য-সঙ্গে তাঁর মন্দিরে আইলা ।
প্রভুরে আসন দিয়া আপনে বসিলা ॥ ১১৯ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya-saṅge tāṅra mandire āilā
prabhure āsana diyā āpane vasilā

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācārya-saṅgealong with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; tāṅraHis (Lord Jagannātha’s); mandireto the temple; āilācame; prabhureunto Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āsanasitting place; diyāgiving; āpanepersonally; vasilāsat down.

Translation

When they entered the temple, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya offered Caitanya Mahāprabhu a seat, while he himself sat down on the floor out of due respect for a sannyāsī.
বেদান্ত পড়াইতে তবে আরম্ভ করিলা ।
স্নেহ-ভক্তি করি’ কিছু প্রভুরে কহিলা ॥ ১২০ ॥
vedānta paḍāite tabe ārambha karilā
sneha-bhakti kari’ kichu prabhure kahilā

Synonyms

vedāntaVedānta philosophy; paḍāiteto instruct; tabethen; ārambhabeginning; karilāmade; snehaaffection; bhaktiand devotion; kari’showing; kichusomething; prabhureunto the Lord; kahilāsaid.

Translation

He then began to instruct Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu on Vedānta philosophy, and out of affection and devotion, he spoke to the Lord as follows.

Purport

The Vedānta- or Brahma-sūtra, written by Śrīla Vyāsadeva, is a book studied by all advanced spiritual students, especially by the sannyāsīs of all religious communities (sampradāyas). The sannyāsīs must read the Vedānta-sūtra to establish their final conclusions concerning Vedic knowledge. Here, of course, the Vedānta mentioned is the commentary of Śaṅkarācārya, known as Śārīraka-bhāṣya. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya intended to convert Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who was a Vaiṣṇava sannyāsī, into a Māyāvādī sannyāsī. He therefore made this arrangement to instruct Him in the Vedānta-sūtra according to the Śārīraka commentary of Śaṅkarācārya. All the sannyāsīs of the Śaṅkara-sampradāya enjoy seriously studying the Vedānta-sūtra with the Śārīraka-bhāṣya commentary. It is said, vedānta-vākyeṣu sadā ramantaḥ: “One should always enjoy the studies of the Vedānta-sūtra.
বেদান্ত-শ্রবণ, — এই সন্ন্যাসীর ধর্ম ।
নিরন্তর কর তুমি বেদান্ত শ্রবণ ॥ ১২১ ॥
vedānta-śravaṇa, — ei sannyāsīra dharma
nirantara kara tumi vedānta śravaṇa

Synonyms

vedānta-śravaṇahearing of Vedānta philosophy; eithis; sannyāsīraof a person in the renounced order; dharmafactual occupation; nirantaraincessantly; karado; tumiYou; vedāntaof Vedānta philosophy; śravaṇahearing.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Hearing Vedānta philosophy is a sannyāsī’s main business. Therefore without hesitation You should study Vedānta philosophy, hearing it without cessation from a superior person.”
প্রভু কহে, — ‘মোরে তুমি কর অনুগ্রহ ।
সেই সে কর্তব্য, তুমি যেই মোরে কহ ॥’ ১২২ ॥
prabhu kahe, — ‘more tumi kara anugraha
sei se kartavya, tumi yei more kaha’

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord replied; moreunto Me; tumiyou; karashow; anugrahamercy; sei sethat; kartavyaduty; tumiyou; yeiwhatever; moreunto Me; kahasay.

Translation

Lord Caitanya replied, “You are very merciful to Me, and therefore I think it is My duty to obey your order.”
সাত দিন পর্যন্ত ঐছে করেন শ্রবণে ।
ভাল-মন্দ নাহি কহে, বসি’ মাত্র শুনে ॥ ১২৩ ॥
sāta dina paryanta aiche karena śravaṇe
bhāla-manda nāhi kahe, vasi’ mātra śune

Synonyms

sāta dinaseven days; paryantaup to; aichein this way; karenadoes; śravaṇehearing; bhālaright; mandawrong; nāhinot; kahesays; vasi’sitting; mātraonly; śunehears.

Translation

Thus for seven days continually, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu listened to the Vedānta philosophy expounded by Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya. However, Caitanya Mahāprabhu did not say anything and did not indicate whether it was right or wrong. He simply sat there and listened to the Bhaṭṭācārya.
অষ্টম-দিবসে তাঁরে পুছে সার্বভৌম ।
সাতদিন কর তুমি বেদান্ত শ্রবণ ॥ ১২৪ ॥
aṣṭama-divase tāṅre puche sārvabhauma
sāta dina kara tumi vedānta śravaṇa

Synonyms

aṣṭama-divaseon the eighth day; tāṅreunto Him; pucheinquires; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; sāta dinaseven days; karado; tumiYou; vedāntaVedānta philosophy; śravaṇahearing.

Translation

On the eighth day, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said to Caitanya Mahāprabhu, “You have been listening to Vedānta philosophy from me continually for seven days.
ভালমন্দ নাহি কহ, রহ মৌন ধরি’ ।
বুঝ, কি না বুঝ, — ইহা বুঝিতে না পারি ॥ ১২৫ ॥
bhāla-manda nāhi kaha, raha mauna dhari’
bujha, ki nā bujha, — ihā bujhite nā pāri

Synonyms

bhāla-mandaright or wrong; nāhi kahanot speak; rahakeep; maunasilence; dhari’holding; bujhaunderstand; kior; not; bujhaunderstand; ihāthis; bujhiteto understand; not; pāriI am able.

Translation

“You have simply been listening, fixed in Your silence. Since You do not say whether You think it is right or wrong, I cannot know whether You are actually understanding Vedānta philosophy or not.”
প্রভু কহে — “মূর্খ আমি, নাহি অধ্যয়ন ।
তোমার আজ্ঞাতে মাত্র করিয়ে শ্রবণ ॥ ১২৬ ॥
prabhu kahe — “mūrkha āmi, nāhi adhyayana
tomāra ājñāte mātra kariye śravaṇa

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord replied; mūrkha āmiI am a fool; nāhithere is not; adhyayanastudy; tomārayour; ājñāteby the order; mātraonly; kariyeI do; śravaṇahearing.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “I am a fool, and consequently I do not study the Vedānta-sūtra. I am just trying to hear it from you because you have ordered Me.
সন্ন্যাসীর ধর্ম লাগি’ শ্রবণ মাত্র করি ।
তুমি যেই অর্থ কর, বুঝিতে না পারি ॥” ১২৭ ॥
sannyāsīra dharma lāgi’ śravaṇa mātra kari
tumi yei artha kara, bujhite nā pāri”

Synonyms

sannyāsīraof one in the renounced order of life; dharmathe occupation; lāgi’for the matter of; śravaṇahearing; mātraonly; kariI do; tumiyou; yeiwhatever; arthameaning; karapresent; bujhiteto understand; not; pāriI am able.

Translation

“Only for the sake of executing the duties of the renounced order of sannyāsa do I listen. Unfortunately, I cannot in the least understand the meaning you are presenting.”

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu presented Himself as if He were a sannyāsī in name only or, in other words, a number-one fool. Māyāvādī sannyāsīs in India are very much accustomed to declaring themselves jagad-gurus, teachers of the world, although they have no information of the outside world and are limited in their experience to a small town or village, or perhaps to the country of India. Nor do such sannyāsīs have sufficient education. Unfortunately, at the present moment there are many foolish sannyāsīs, both in India and elsewhere, who simply read and study Vedic literature without understanding the purports. When Caitanya Mahāprabhu was having His discussion with the Chand Kazi, the Muslim magistrate of Navadvīpa, He recited a verse from the Vedic literature to the effect that the order of sannyāsa is prohibited in this Age of Kali. Only those who are very serious and who follow the regulative principles and study Vedic literature should accept sannyāsa. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu approved of a sannyāsī’s reading the Vedānta-sūtra, or Brahma-sūtra, but He did not approve the Śārīraka commentary of Śaṅkarācārya. Indeed, He said elsewhere, māyāvādi-bhāṣya śunile haya sarva-nāśa: “If one hears the Śārīraka-bhāṣya of Śaṅkarācārya, he is doomed.” Thus a sannyāsī, a transcendentalist, must read the Vedānta-sūtra regularly, but he should not read the Śārīraka-bhāṣya. This is the conclusion of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. The real commentary on the Vedānta-sūtra is Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Artho ’yaṁ brahma-sūtrānām: Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the original commentary on the Vedānta-sūtra, written by the author himself, Śrīla Vyāsadeva.
ভট্টাচার্য কহে, — না বুঝি’, হেন জ্ঞান যার ।
বুঝিবার লাগি’ সেহ পুছে পুনর্বার ॥ ১২৮ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya kahe, — nā bujhi’, hena jñāna yāra
bujhibāra lāgi’ seha puche punarbāra

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācārya kaheSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied; bujhi’not understanding; henathis; jñānathe knowledge; yāraof someone; bujhibāra lāgi’just to understand; sehahe also; pucheinquires; punaḥ-bāraagain.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied, “I accept that You do not understand, yet even one who does not understand inquires about the subject matter.
তুমি শুনি’ শুনি’ রহ মৌন মাত্র ধরি’ ।
হৃদয়ে কি আছে তোমার, বুঝিতে না পারি ॥ ১২৯ ॥
tumi śuni’ śuni’ raha mauna mātra dhari’
hṛdaye ki āche tomāra, bujhite nā pāri

Synonyms

tumiYou; śuni’hearing; śuni’hearing; rahakeep; maunasilence; mātraonly; dhari’holding; hṛdayein the heart; kiwhat; āchethere is; tomāraYour; bujhiteto understand; not; pāriam able.

Translation

“You are hearing again and again, yet You keep silent. I cannot understand what is actually within Your mind.”
প্রভু কহে, — “সূত্রের অর্থ বুঝিয়ে নির্মল ।
তোমার ব্যাখ্যা শুনি’ মন হয় ত’ বিকল ॥ ১৩০ ॥
prabhu kahe, — “sūtrera artha bujhiye nirmala
tomāra vyākhyā śuni’ mana haya ta’ vikala

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord replied; sūtrera arthathe meaning of the sūtras; bujhiyeI can understand; nirmalavery clearly; tomārayour; vyākhyāexplanation; śuni’hearing; manamind; hayabecomes; ta’indeed; vikaladisturbed.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then revealed His mind, saying, “I can understand the meaning of each sūtra very clearly, but your explanations have simply agitated My mind.

Purport

The factual meaning of the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra is as clear as sunshine. The Māyāvādī philosophers simply try to cover the sunshine with the clouds of interpretations imagined by Śaṅkarācārya and his followers.
সূত্রের অর্থ ভাষ্য কহে প্রকাশিয়া ।
তুমি, ভাষ্য কহ — সূত্রের অর্থ আচ্ছাদিয়া ॥ ১৩১ ॥
sūtrera artha bhāṣya kahe prakāśiyā
tumi, bhāṣya kaha — sūtrera artha ācchādiyā

Synonyms

sūtrera arthameanings of the sūtras; bhāṣyathe purport; kaheone speaks; prakāśiyāclearly manifesting; tumiyou; bhāṣya kahamake a comment; sūtreraof the sūtras; arthathe meanings; ācchādiyācovering.

Translation

“The meaning of the aphorisms in the Vedānta-sūtra contain clear purports in themselves, but other purports you presented simply covered the meaning of the sūtras like a cloud.

Purport

Please refer to Ādi-līlā, seventh chapter, verses 106-146, for an explanation of this verse.
সূত্রের মুখ্য অর্থ না করহ ব্যাখ্যান ।
কল্পনার্থে তুমি তাহা কর আচ্ছাদন ॥ ১৩২ ॥
sūtrera mukhya artha nā karaha vyākhyāna
kalpanārthe tumi tāhā kara ācchādana

Synonyms

sūtreraof the sūtras; mukhyadirect; arthaof meanings; not; karahayou do; vyākhyānaexplanation; kalpanā-arthebecause of imaginative meaning; tumiyou; tāhāof that; karado; ācchādanacovering.

Translation

“You do not explain the direct meaning of the Brahma-sūtras. Indeed, it appears that your business is to cover their real meaning.”

Purport

This is typical of all Māyāvādīs or atheists who interpret the meaning of Vedic literature in their own imaginative way. The real purpose of such foolish people is to impose the impersonalist conclusion on all Vedic literature. The Māyāvādī atheists also interpret the Bhagavad-gītā. In every verse of Śrīmad Bhagavad-gītā it is clearly stated that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In every verse Vyāsadeva says, śrī-bhagavān uvāca, “the Supreme Personality of Godhead said,” or “the Blessed Lord said.” It is clearly stated that the Blessed Lord is the Supreme Person, but Māyāvādī atheists still try to prove that the Absolute Truth is impersonal. In order to present their false, imaginary meanings, they must adopt so much word jugglery and grammatical interpretation that they finally become ludicrous. Therefore Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu remarked that no one should hear the Māyāvādī commentaries or purports to any Vedic literature.
উপনিষদ্-শব্দে যেই মুখ্য অর্থ হয় ।
সেই অর্থ মুখ্য, — ব্যাসসূত্রে সব কয় ॥ ১৩৩ ॥
upaniṣad-śabde yei mukhya artha haya
sei artha mukhya, — vyāsa-sūtre saba kaya

Synonyms

upaniṣadof the Vedas; śabdeby the words; yeiwhatever; mukhyadirect; arthameaning; hayais; seithat; arthameaning; mukhyachief; vyāsa-sūtrein the Vedānta-sūtra; sabaall; kayadescribes.

Translation

Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “The Vedānta-sūtra is the summary of all the Upaniṣads; therefore whatever direct meaning is there in the Upaniṣads is also recorded in the Vedānta-sūtra, or Vyāsa-sūtra.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī has explained the word upaniṣad in his Anubhāṣya. Please refer to Ādi-līlā, second chapter, fifth verse, and Ādi-līlā, seventh chapter, verses 106 and 108, for his explanation.
মুখ্যার্থ ছাড়িয়া কর গৌণার্থ কল্পনা ।
‘অভিধা’-বৃত্তি ছাড়ি’ কর শব্দের লক্ষণা ॥ ১৩৪ ॥
mukhyārtha chāḍiyā kara gauṇārtha kalpanā
‘abhidhā’-vṛtti chāḍi’ kara śabdera lakṣaṇā

Synonyms

mukhya-arthadirect meaning; chāḍiyāgiving up; karayou do; gauṇa-arthaindirect meaning; kalpanāimagining; abhidhā-vṛttithe meaning that is understood immediately; chāḍi’giving up; karayou do; śabderaof the words; lakṣaṇāinterpretation.

Translation

“For each sūtra the direct meaning must be accepted without interpretation. However, you simply abandon the direct meaning and proceed with your imaginative interpretation.
প্রমাণের মধ্যে শ্রুতি প্রমাণ — প্রধান ।
শ্রুতি যে মুখ্যার্থ কহে, সেই সে প্রমাণ ॥ ১৩৫ ॥
pramāṇera madhye śruti pramāṇa — pradhāna
śruti ye mukhyārtha kahe, sei se pramāṇa

Synonyms

pramāṇeraof the evidences; madhyein the midst; śrutithe Vedic version; pramāṇaevidence; pradhānachief; śrutithe Vedic version; yewhatever; mukhya-arthachief meaning; kahesays; sei sethat indeed; pramāṇaevidence.

Translation

“Although there is other evidence, the evidence given in the Vedic version must be taken as foremost. Vedic versions understood directly are first-class evidence.”

Purport

Works that should be consulted are Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī’s Tattva-sandarbha (10-11), Śrīla Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa’s commentary on that, and the following verses of the Brahma-sūtra: śāstra-yonitvāt (Vs. 1.1.3), tarkāpratiṣṭhānāt (Vs. 2.1.11) and śrutes tu śabda-mūlatvāt (Vs. 2.1.27), as commented upon by Śrī Rāmānujācārya, Śrī Madhvācārya, Śrī Nimbārkācārya and Śrīla Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa. In his book Sarva-saṁvādinī, Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī has noted that although there are ten kinds of evidence — direct perception, the Vedic version, historical reference, hypothesis and so on — and although they are all generally accepted as evidence, the person presenting a hypothesis, reading the Vedic version, perceiving or interpreting by his experience is certain to be imperfect in four ways. That is, he is subject to committing mistakes, to becoming illusioned, to cheating and to having imperfect senses. Although the evidence may be correct, the person himself is in danger of being misled due to his material defects. Apart from the direct presentation, there is a chance that an interpretation may not be perfect. Therefore the conclusion is that only a direct presentation can be considered evidence. An interpretation cannot be accepted as evidence, but may be considered proof of evidence.
In the Bhagavad-gītā, at the very beginning it is stated:
dhṛtarāṣṭra uvāca
dharma-kṣetre kuru-kṣetre
samavetā yuyutsavaḥ
māmakāḥ pāṇḍavāś caiva
kim akurvata sañjaya
The statements of the Bhagavad-gītā are themselves proof that there is a place of religious pilgrimage named Kurukṣetra where the Pāṇḍavas and Kurus met to fight. After meeting there, what did they do? This was Dhṛtarāṣṭra’s inquiry to Sañjaya. Although these statements are very clear, atheists try to interpret different meanings of the words dharma-kṣetra and kuru-kṣetra. Therefore Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī has warned us not to depend on any kind of interpretation. It is better to take the verses as they are, without interpretation.
জীবের অস্থি-বিষ্ঠা দুই — শঙ্খ-গোময় ।
শ্রুতি-বাক্যে সেই দুই মহা-পবিত্র হয় ॥ ১৩৬ ॥
jīvera asthi-viṣṭhā dui — śaṅkha-gomaya
śruti-vākye sei dui mahā-pavitra haya

Synonyms

jīveraof the living entity; asthithe bone; viṣṭhāstool; duitwo; śaṅkhaconchshell; go-mayacow dung; śruti-vākyein the words of the Vedic version; seithat; duitwo; mahāgreatly; pavitrapure; hayaare.

Translation

Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “Conchshells and cow dung are nothing but the bones and the stool of some living entities, but according to the Vedic version they are both considered very pure.

Purport

According to Vedic principles, bones and dung are generally considered very impure. If one touches a bone or stool, he must take a bath immediately. That is the Vedic injunction. Yet the Vedas also enjoin that a conchshell, although the bone of an animal, and cow dung, although the stool of an animal, are very much sanctified. Even though such statements appear contradictory, on the basis of the Vedic version we still accept the fact that conchshells and cow dung are pure and sanctified.
স্বতঃপ্রমাণ বেদ সত্য যেই কয় ।
‘লক্ষণা’ করিলে স্বতঃপ্রামাণ্য-হানি হয় ॥ ১৩৭ ॥
svataḥ-pramāṇa veda satya yei kaya
‘lakṣaṇā’ karile svataḥ-prāmāṇya-hāni haya

Synonyms

svataḥ-pramāṇaself-evidence; vedaVedic literature; satyatruth; yeiwhatever; kayasay; lakṣaṇāinterpretation; karileby making; svataḥ-prāmāṇyaself-evidential proof; hānilost; hayabecomes.

Translation

“The Vedic statements are self-evident. Whatever is stated there must be accepted. If we interpret according to our own imagination, the authority of the Vedas is immediately lost.”

Purport

Out of four main types of evidence — direct perception, hypothesis, historical reference and the Vedas — Vedic evidence is accepted as the foremost. If we want to interpret the Vedic version, we must imagine an interpretation according to what we want to do. First of all, we set forth such an interpretation as a suggestion or hypothesis. As such, it is not actually true, and the self-evident proof is lost.
Śrīla Madhvācārya, commenting on the aphorism dṛśyate tu (Vedānta-sūtra 2.1.6), quotes the Bhaviṣya Purāṇa as follows:
ṛg-yajuḥ-sāmātharvāś cabhārataṁ pañcarātrakam
mūla-rāmāyaṇaṁ caiva
veda ity eva śabditāḥ
purāṇāni ca yānīhavaiṣṇavāni vido viduḥ
svataḥ-prāmāṇyam eteṣāṁ
nātra kiñcid vicāryate
The Ṛg Veda, Yajur Veda, Sāma Veda, Atharva Veda, Mahābhārata, Pañcarātra and original Rāmāyaṇa are all considered Vedic literature. The Purāṇas that are especially meant for Vaiṣṇavas (such as the Brahma-vaivarta Purāṇa, Nāradīya Purāṇa, Viṣṇu Purāṇa and Bhāgavata Purāṇa) are also Vedic literature. Therefore, whatever is stated in such Purāṇas or in the Mahābhārata and Rāmāyaṇa is self-evident. There is no need for interpretation. The Bhagavad-gītā is also within the Mahābhārata; therefore all the statements of the Bhagavad-gītā are self-evident. There is no need for interpretation, and if we do interpret, the entire authority of the Vedic literature is lost.
ব্যাস-সূত্রের অর্থ — যৈছে সূর্যের কিরণ ।
স্বকল্পিত ভাষ্য-মেঘে করে আচ্ছাদন ॥ ১৩৮ ॥
vyāsa-sūtrera artha — yaiche sūryera kiraṇa
sva-kalpita bhāṣya-meghe kare ācchādana

Synonyms

vyāsa-sūtreraof the Vedānta-sūtra, by Vyāsadeva; arthathe meanings; yaichejust as; sūryeraof the sun; kiraṇashining rays; sva-kalpitaimaginative; bhāṣyaof the commentary; megheby the cloud; karedoes; ācchādanacovering.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “The Brahma-sūtra, compiled by Śrīla Vyāsadeva, is as radiant as the sun. One who tries to interpret its meaning simply covers that sunshine with a cloud.
বেদ-পুরাণে কহে ব্রহ্ম-নিরূপণ ।
সেই ব্রহ্ম — বৃহদ্বস্তু, ঈশ্বর-লক্ষণ ॥ ১৩৯ ॥
veda-purāṇe kahe brahma-nirūpaṇa
sei brahma — bṛhad-vastu, īśvara-lakṣaṇa

Synonyms

veda-purāṇein the Vedas and the Purāṇas; kaheit is stated; brahma-nirūpaṇaexplaining the Supreme; sei brahmathat Supreme; bṛhat-vastuthe greatest; īśvara-lakṣaṇafeature of the Supreme Personality.

Translation

“All the Vedas and literature that strictly follows the Vedic principles explain that the Supreme Brahman is the Absolute Truth, the greatest of all, and a feature of the Supreme Lord.

Purport

The greatest of everything is Śrī Kṛṣṇa. Lord Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15), vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ: “By all the Vedas, I am to be known.” In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.11) it is said that the Absolute Truth is understood in three phases — namely, Brahman, Paramātmā and Bhagavān, the Supreme Personality of Godhead (brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate). Thus the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the last word in understanding the Absolute Truth, Brahman.
সর্বৈশ্বর্যপরিপূর্ণ স্বয়ং ভগবান্ ।
তাঁরে নিরাকার করি’ করহ ব্যাখ্যান ॥ ১৪০ ॥
sarvaiśvarya-paripūrṇa svayaṁ bhagavān
tāṅre nirākāra kari’ karaha vyākhyāna

Synonyms

sarva-aiśvarya-paripūrṇafull with all opulences; svayampersonally; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tāṅreHim; nirākāraimpersonal; kari’making; karahayou make; vyākhyānaexplanation,.

Translation

“Actually, the Supreme Absolute Truth is a person, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, full with all opulences. You are trying to explain Him as impersonal and formless.

Purport

Brahman means bṛhattva, the greatest of all. The greatest of all is Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He possesses all potencies and opulence in full; therefore the Absolute Truth, the greatest of all, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Whether one says “Brahman” or “the Supreme Personality of Godhead,” the fact is the same, for they are identical. In the Bhagavad-gītā, Arjuna accepted Kṛṣṇa as paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma. Although the living entities or material nature are sometimes described as Brahman, Parabrahman — the Supreme, the greatest of all Brahmans — is still Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is full with all opulences, and as such He possesses all riches, all strength, all reputation, all knowledge, all beauty and all renunciation. He is eternally a person and eternally supreme. If one tries to explain the Supreme impersonally, one distorts the real meaning of Brahman.
‘নির্বিশেষ’ তাঁরে কহে যেই শ্রুতিগণ ।
‘প্রাকৃত’ নিষেধি করে ‘অপ্রাকৃত’ স্থাপন ॥ ১৪১ ॥
‘nirviśeṣa’ tāṅre kahe yei śruti-gaṇa
‘prākṛta’ niṣedhi kare ‘aprākṛta’ sthāpana

Synonyms

nirviśeṣaimpersonal; tāṅreHim; kahesay; yeiwhatever; śruti-gaṇathe Vedas; prākṛtamundane; niṣedhiforbidding; karedoes; aprākṛtatranscendental; sthāpanaconfirmation.

Translation

“Wherever there is an impersonal description in the Vedas, the Vedas mean to establish that everything belonging to the Supreme Personality of Godhead is transcendental and free of mundane characteristics.”

Purport

There are many impersonal statements about the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As stated in the Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad (3.19):
apāṇi-pādo javano grahītā
paśyaty acakṣuḥ sa śṛṇoty akarṇaḥ
sa vetti vedyaṁ na ca tasyāsti vettā
tam āhur agryaṁ puruṣaṁ mahāntam
Although the Supreme Lord is described as having no hands and legs, He nonetheless accepts all sacrificial offerings. He has no eyes, yet He sees everything. He has no ears, yet He hears everything. When it is stated that the Supreme Lord has no hands and legs, one should not think that He is impersonal. Rather, He has no mundane hands or legs like ours. “He has no eyes, yet He sees.” This means that He does not have mundane, limited eyes like ours. Rather, He has such eyes that He can see past, present and future, everywhere, in every corner of the universe and in every corner of the heart of every living entity. Thus the impersonal descriptions in the Vedas intend to deny mundane characteristics in the Supreme Lord. They do not intend to establish the Supreme Lord as impersonal.
যা যা শ্রুতির্জল্পতি নির্বিশেষং সা সাভিধত্তে সবিশেষমেব ।
বিচারযোগে সতি হন্ত তাসাং প্রায়ো বলীয়ঃ সবিশেষমেব ॥ ১৪২ ॥
yā yā śrutir jalpati nirviśeṣaṁ
sā sābhidhatte sa-viśeṣam eva
vicāra-yoge sati hanta tāsāṁ
prāyo balīyaḥ sa-viśeṣam eva

Synonyms

whatever; śrutiḥthe Vedic hymns; jalpatidescribe; nirviśeṣamimpersonal truth; that; that; abhidhattedirectly describes (like a dictionary meaning); sa-viśeṣampersonality; evacertainly; vicāra-yogewhen accepted by intelligence; satibeing; hantaalas; tāsāmof all the Vedic mantras; prāyaḥmostly; balīyaḥmore powerful; sa-viśeṣampersonal variety; evacertainly.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “ ‘Whatever Vedic mantras describe the Absolute Truth impersonally only prove in the end that the Absolute Truth is a person. The Supreme Lord is understood in two features — impersonal and personal. If one considers the Supreme Personality of Godhead in both features, he can actually understand the Absolute Truth. He knows that the personal understanding is stronger because we see that everything is full of variety. No one can see anything that is not full of variety.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrī Caitanya-candrodaya-nāṭaka (6.67), by Kavi-karṇapūra.
ব্রহ্ম হৈতে জন্মে বিশ্ব, ব্রহ্মেতে জীবয় ।
সেই ব্ৰহ্মে পুনরপি হয়ে যায় লয় ॥ ১৪৩ ॥
brahma haite janme viśva, brahmete jīvaya
sei brahme punarapi haye yāya laya

Synonyms

brahma haitefrom the Supreme Brahman; janmeemanates; viśvathe whole cosmic manifestation; brahmetein the Absolute Truth; jīvayaexists; seithat; brahmein the Absolute Truth; punarapiagain; hayebeing; yāyagoes; layato annihilation.

Translation

“Everything in the cosmic manifestation emanates from the Absolute Truth, remains in the Absolute Truth, and after annihilation again enters the Absolute Truth.

Purport

In the Taittirīya Upaniṣad (3.1) it is said, yato vā imāni bhūtāni jāyante: “The entire material cosmic manifestation is born of the Supreme Brahman.” Also, the Brahma-sūtra begins with the verse janmādy asya yataḥ: “The Absolute Truth is that from whom everything emanates.” (Bs. 1.1.2) That Absolute Truth is Kṛṣṇa. In the Bhagavad-gītā (10.8), Kṛṣṇa says, ahaṁ sarvasya prabhavo mattaḥ sarvaṁ pravartate: “I am the source of all spiritual and material worlds. Everything emanates from Me.” Therefore Kṛṣṇa is the original Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Again, Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.4), mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁ jagad avyakta-mūrtinā: “By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded.” And as confirmed in the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.37), goloka eva nivasaty akhilātma-bhūtaḥ: “Although the Lord always stays in His abode, Goloka Vṛndāvana, He is still all-pervading.” His all-pervasive feature is understood to be impersonal because one does not find the form of the Lord in that all-pervasiveness. Actually, everything is resting on the rays of His bodily effulgence. The Brahma-saṁhitā (5.40) also states:
yasya prabhā prabhavato jagad-aṇḍa-koṭi-
koṭiṣv aśeṣa-vasudhādi-vibhūti-bhinnam
Due to the rays of the Lord’s bodily effulgence, millions of universes are created, just as planets are created from the sun.
‘অপাদান’, ‘করণ’ এবং ‘অধিকরণ’-কারক তিন ।
ভগবানের সবিশেষে এই তিন চিহ্ন ॥ ১৪৪ ॥
‘apādāna,’ ‘karaṇa,’ ‘adhikaraṇa’-kāraka tina
bhagavānera saviśeṣe ei tina cihna

Synonyms

apādānaablative; karaṇainstrumental; adhikaraṇalocative; kārakacases; tinathree; bhagavāneraof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sa-viśeṣain the personality; eithese; tinathree; cihnasymptoms.

Translation

“The personal features of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are categorized in three cases — namely ablative, instrumental and locative.”

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura states in his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya that according to the injunction of the Upaniṣads (“the Supreme Absolute Truth is He from whom everything emanates”), it is understood that the whole cosmic manifestation emanated from Brahman, the Supreme Absolute Truth. The creation subsists by the energy of the Supreme Brahman and, after annihilation, merges into the Supreme Brahman. From this we can understand that the Absolute Truth can be categorized in three cases — ablative, instrumental and locative. According to these three cases, the Absolute Truth is positively personified. In this connection, Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī quotes the Aitareya Upaniṣad (1.1.1): ātmā vā idam eka evāgra āsīn nānyat kiñcana miṣat sa īkṣata lokān nu sṛjā iti. Similarly, in the Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad (4.9) it is stated:
chandāṁsi yajñāḥ kratavo vratāni
bhūtaṁ bhavyaṁ yac ca vedā vadanti
yasmān māyī sṛjate viśvam etat
tasmiṁś cānyo māyayā sanniruddhaḥ
And in the Taittirīya Upaniṣad (3.1): yato vā imāni bhūtāni jāyante, yena jātāni jīvanti, yat prayanty abhisaṁviśanti, tad vijijñāsasva tad brahma. This was the answer given by father Varuṇa when questioned by his son Vāruṇi Bhṛgu about the Absolute Truth. In this mantra, the word yataḥ, the Absolute Truth from which the cosmic manifestation has emanated, is in the ablative case; that Brahman by which this universal creation is maintained is in the instrumental case (yena); and that Brahman into which the whole cosmic manifestation merges is in the locative case (yat or yasmin). It is stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.5.20):
idaṁ hi viśvaṁ bhagavān ivetaro
yato jagat-sthāna-nirodha-sambhavāḥ
“The entire universal creation is contained in the gigantic form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Everything emanates from Him, everything rests in His energy, and after annihilation everything merges into His person.”
ভগবান্ বহু হৈতে যবে কৈল মন ।
প্রাকৃত-শক্তিতে তবে কৈল বিলোকন ॥ ১৪৫ ॥
সে কালে নাহি জন্মে ‘প্রাকৃত’ মনোনয়ন ।
অতএব ‘অপ্রাকৃত’ ব্রহ্মের নেত্র-মন ॥ ১৪৬ ॥
bhagavān bahu haite yabe kaila mana
prākṛta-śaktite tabe kaila vilokana
se kāle nāhi janme ‘prākṛta’ mano-nayana
ataeva ‘aprākṛta’ brahmera netra-mana

Synonyms

bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bahumany; haiteto become; yabewhen; kailamade; manaHis mind; prākṛtamaterial; śaktiteon the energy; tabeat that time; kailadid; vilokanaglancing; se kāleat that time; nāhinot; janmein creation; prākṛtamundane; manaḥ-nayanamind and eyes; ataevatherefore; aprākṛtatranscendental; brahmeraof the Absolute Truth; netra-manaeyes and mind.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “When the Supreme Personality of Godhead wished to become many, He glanced over the material energy. Before the creation there were no mundane eyes or mind; therefore the transcendental nature of the Absolute Truth’s mind and eyes is confirmed.

Purport

In the Chāndogya Upaniṣad (6.2.3), it is said, tad aikṣata bahu syāṁ prajāyeya. This statement confirms the fact that when the Supreme Personality of Godhead wishes to become many, the cosmic manifestation arises simply by His glancing over material energy. It may be noted that the Supreme Lord glanced over the material nature before the creation of this cosmic manifestation. Before the creation there were no material minds or material eyes; therefore the mind by which the Supreme Personality of Godhead desired to create is transcendental, and the eyes with which He glanced over material nature are also transcendental. Thus the Lord’s mind, eyes and other senses are all transcendental.
ব্রহ্ম-শব্দে কহে পূর্ণ স্বয়ং ভগবান্ ।
স্বয়ং ভগবান্ কৃষ্ণ, — শাস্ত্রের প্রমাণ ॥ ১৪৭ ॥
brahma-śabde kahe pūrṇa svayaṁ bhagavān
svayaṁ bhagavān kṛṣṇa, — śāstrera pramāṇa

Synonyms

brahma-śabdeby the word “Brahman”; kaheit is said; pūrṇacomplete; svayampersonally; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayampersonally; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; śāstrera pramāṇathe verdict of all Vedic literature.

Translation

“The word ‘Brahman’ indicates the complete Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is Śrī Kṛṣṇa. That is the verdict of all Vedic literature.

Purport

This is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15), where the Lord says, vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ. The ultimate object in all Vedic literature is Kṛṣṇa. Everyone is searching for Him. This is also confirmed elsewhere in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.19):
bahūnāṁ janmanām antejñānavān māṁ prapadyate
vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti
sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ
“After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a great soul is very rare.”
When one has actually become wise through the study of Vedic literature, he surrenders unto Vāsudeva, Bhagavān Śrī Kṛṣṇa. This is also confirmed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.7-8):
vāsudeve bhagavatibhakti-yogaḥ prayojitaḥ
janayaty āśu vairāgyaṁ
jñānaṁ ca yad ahaitukam
dharmaḥ sv-anuṣṭhitaḥ puṁsāṁviṣvaksena-kathāsu yaḥ
notpādayed yadi ratiṁ
śrama eva hi kevalam
Understanding Vāsudeva is real knowledge. By engaging in the devotional service of Vāsudeva, Kṛṣṇa, one acquires perfect knowledge and Vedic understanding. Thus one becomes detached from the material world. This is the perfection of human life. Although one may perfectly follow religious rituals and ceremonies, he is simply wasting his time (śrama eva hi kevalam) if he does not attain this perfection.
Before the creation of the cosmic manifestation, the Supreme Personality of Godhead possessed His totally transcendental mind and eyes. That Supreme Personality of Godhead is Kṛṣṇa. A person may think that there is no direct statement about Kṛṣṇa in the Upaniṣads, but the fact is that the Vedic mantras cannot be understood by people with mundane senses. As stated in the Padma Purāṇa, ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ: a person with mundane senses cannot fully understand the name, qualities, form and pastimes of Śrī Kṛṣṇa. The Purāṇas are therefore meant to explain and supplement Vedic knowledge. The great sages present the Purāṇas in order to make the Vedic mantras understandable for common men (strī-śūdra-dvija-bandhūnām). Considering that women, śūdras and dvija- bandhus (unworthy sons of the twice-born) cannot understand the Vedic hymns directly, Śrīla Vyāsadeva compiled the Mahābhārata. Actually, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is vedeṣu durlabham (untraceable in the Vedas), but when the Vedas are properly understood or when Vedic knowledge is received from devotees, one can understand that all Vedic knowledge leads to Śrī Kṛṣṇa.
The Brahma-sūtra (1.1.3) confirms this fact also: śāstra-yonitvāt. commenting upon this Brahma-sūtra aphorism, Śrī Madhvācārya says, “The Ṛg Veda, Yajur Veda, Sāma Veda, Atharva Veda, Mahābhārata, Pañcarātra and the original Vālmīki Rāmāyaṇa are all Vedic literatures. Any literature following the conclusive statements of these Vedic literatures is also to be considered Vedic literature. That literature which does not conform to Vedic literature is simply misleading.”
Therefore when reading Vedic literature, we must take the path traversed by great ācāryas: mahā-jano yena gataḥ sa panthāḥ. Unless one follows the path traversed by great ācāryas, he cannot understand the real purport of the Vedas.
বেদের নিগূঢ় অর্থ বুঝন না হয় ।
পুরাণ-বাক্যে সেই অর্থ করয় নিশ্চয় ॥ ১৪৮ ॥
vedera nigūḍha artha bujhana nā haya
purāṇa-vākye sei artha karaya niścaya

Synonyms

vederaof the Vedic literature; nigūḍhaconfidential; arthameaning; bujhanaunderstanding; not; hayais; purāṇa-vākyeby the words of the Purāṇas; seithat; arthameaning; karayamakes; niścayacertain.

Translation

“The confidential meaning of the Vedas is not easily understood by common men; therefore that meaning is supplemented by the words of the Purāṇas.
অহো ভাগ্যমহো ভাগ্যং নন্দগোপব্রজৌকসাম্ ।
যন্মিত্রং পরমানন্দং পূর্ণং ব্রহ্ম সনাতনম্ ॥ ১৪৯ ॥
aho bhāgyam aho bhāgyaṁ
nanda-gopa-vrajaukasām
yan-mitraṁ paramānandaṁ
pūrṇaṁ brahma sanātanam

Synonyms

ahowhat great; bhāgyamfortune; ahowhat great; bhāgyamfortune; nandaof Mahārāja Nanda; gopaof other cowherd men; vraja-okasāmof the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi; yatof whom; mitramfriend; parama-ānandamthe supreme bliss; pūrṇamcomplete; brahmathe Absolute Truth; sanātanameternal.

Translation

“ ‘How greatly fortunate are Nanda Mahārāja, the cowherd men and all the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi! There is no limit to their fortune, because the Absolute Truth, the source of transcendental bliss, the eternal Supreme Brahman, has become their friend.’

Purport

This quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.14.32) is spoken by Lord Brahmā.
‘অপাণি-পাদ’-শ্রুতি বর্জে ‘প্রাকৃত’ পাণি-চরণ ।
পুনঃ কহে, শীঘ্র চলে, করে সর্ব গ্রহণ ॥ ১৫০ ॥
‘apāṇi-pāda’-śruti varje ‘prākṛta’ pāṇi-caraṇa
punaḥ kahe, śīghra cale, kare sarva grahaṇa

Synonyms

apāṇi-pāda-śrutithe śruti-mantra beginning apāni-pādaḥ; varjerejects; prākṛtamaterial; pāṇi-caraṇahands and legs; punaḥagain; kahesays; śīghra calewalks very fast; karedoes; sarvaof everything; grahaṇaaccepting.

Translation

“The Vedic ‘apāṇi-pāda’ mantra rejects material hands and legs, yet it states that the Lord goes very fast and accepts everything offered to Him.
অতএব শ্রুতি কহে, ব্রহ্ম — সবিশেষ ।
‘মুখ্য’ ছাড়ি’ ‘লক্ষণা’তে মানে নির্বিশেষ ॥ ১৫১ ॥
ataeva śruti kahe, brahma — saviśeṣa
‘mukhya’ chāḍi’ ‘lakṣaṇā’te māne nirviśeṣa

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; śrutiVedic mantras; kahesay; brahmathe Absolute Truth; sa-viśeṣapersonal; mukhyadirect meaning; chāḍi’giving up; lakṣaṇā’teby interpretation; māneaccept; nirviśeṣaimpersonal.

Translation

“All these mantras confirm that the Absolute Truth is personal, but the Māyāvādīs, throwing away the direct meaning, interpret the Absolute Truth as impersonal.

Purport

As mentioned above, the Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad (3.19) states:
apāṇi-pādo javano grahītā
paśyaty acakṣuḥ sa śṛṇoty akarṇaḥ
sa vetti vedyaṁ na ca tasyāsti vettā
tam āhur agryaṁ puruṣaṁ mahāntam
This Vedic mantra clearly states, puruṣaṁ mahāntam. The word puruṣa means “person.” In the Bhagavad-gītā (10.12) Arjuna confirms that this person is Kṛṣṇa when he addresses Kṛṣṇa as puruṣaṁ śāśvatam: “You are the original person.” Thus the puruṣaṁ mahāntam mentioned in the verse from the Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad is Śrī Kṛṣṇa. His hands and legs are not mundane but are completely transcendental. However, when He comes, fools take Him to be an ordinary person (avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam). One who has no Vedic knowledge, who has not studied the Vedas from a bona fide spiritual master, does not know Kṛṣṇa. Therefore he is a mūḍha. Such fools take Kṛṣṇa to be an ordinary person (paraṁ bhāvam ajānantaḥ). They do not actually know what Kṛṣṇa is. Manuṣyāṇāṁ sahasreṣu kaścid yatati siddhaye. It is not possible to understand Kṛṣṇa simply by studying the Vedas perfectly. One must have the mercy of a devotee (yat-pādam). Unless one is favored by a devotee, he cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Arjuna also confirms this in the Bhagavad-gītā (10.14): “My Lord, it is very difficult to understand Your personality.” The less intelligent class of men cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead without being favored by His devotee. Therefore the Bhagavad-gītā (4.34) contains another injunction:
tad viddhi praṇipātenaparipraśnena sevayā
upadekṣyanti te jñānaṁ
jñāninas tattva-darśinaḥ
One has to approach a bona fide spiritual master and surrender to him. Only then can one understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead as a person.
ষড়ৈশ্বর্যপূর্ণানন্দ-বিগ্রহ যাঁহার ।
হেন-ভগবানে তুমি কহ নিরাকার? ॥ ১৫২ ॥
ṣaḍ-aiśvarya-pūrṇānanda-vigraha yāṅhāra
hena-bhagavāne tumi kaha nirākāra?

Synonyms

ṣaṭ-aiśvarya-pūrṇawith six opulences in full; ānandablissful; vigrahaform; yāṅhārawhose; hena-bhagavāneunto that Supreme Personality of Godhead; tumiyou; kahasaid; nirākārawithout any form.

Translation

“Are you describing as formless that Supreme Personality of Godhead whose transcendental form is complete with six transcendental opulences?

Purport

If the Supreme Personality of Godhead is formless, how can He be said to walk very fast and accept everything offered to Him? Rejecting the direct meaning of the Vedic mantras, the Māyāvādī philosophers interpret them and try to establish the Absolute Truth as formless. Actually, the Supreme Lord has an eternal personal form full of all opulence. The Māyāvādī philosophers try to interpret the Absolute Truth as being without potency. However, in the Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad (6.8) it is clearly said, parāsya śaktir vividhaiva śrūyate: “The Absolute Truth has multipotencies.”
স্বাভাবিক তিন শক্তি যেই ব্রহ্মে হয় ।
‘নিঃশক্তিক’ করি’ তাঁরে করহ নিশ্চয়? ১৫৩ ॥
svābhāvika tina śakti yei brahme haya
‘niḥśaktika’ kari’ tāṅre karaha niścaya?

Synonyms

svābhāvikaby nature; tinathree; śaktipotencies; yeiwhich; brahmein the Absolute Truth; hayathere are; niḥśaktikawithout potency; kari’making; tāṅreHim; karahayou do; niścayaproof.

Translation

“The Supreme Personality of Godhead has three primary potencies. Are you trying to prove that He has no potencies?

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu now quotes four verses from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (6.7.61-63 and 1.12.69) to explain the different potencies of the Lord.
বিষ্ণুশক্তিঃ পরা প্রোক্তা ক্ষেত্রজ্ঞাখ্যা তথাপরা ।
অবিদ্যাকর্মসংজ্ঞান্যা তৃতীয়া শক্তিরিষ্যতে ॥ ১৫৪ ॥
viṣṇu-śaktiḥ parā proktā
kṣetra-jñākhyā tathā parā
avidyā-karma-saṁjñānyā
tṛtīyā śaktir iṣyate

Synonyms

viṣṇu-śaktiḥthe internal potency of Lord Viṣṇu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; parāspiritual; proktāsaid; kṣetra-jñathe living entities; ākhyāknown as; tathāalso; parāspiritual; avidyānescience, or godlessness; karmaand fruitive activities; saṁjñāknown as; anyāanother; tṛtīyāthird; śaktiḥpotency; iṣyateis accepted as.

Translation

“ ‘The internal potency of the Supreme Lord, Viṣṇu, is spiritual, as verified by the śāstras. There is another spiritual potency, known as kṣetra-jña, or the living entity. The third potency, which is known as nescience, makes the living entity godless and fills him with fruitive activity.

Purport

In the Bhagavad-gītā, in Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s discourse on the kṣetra and the kṣetra-jña, it is clearly stated that the kṣetra-jña is the living entity, who knows his field of activities. The living entities in the material world are forgetful of their eternal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This forgetfulness is called avidyā, or nescience. The avidyā-śakti, the avidyā potency of the material world, provokes fruitive activity. Although this avidyā-śakti (material energy, or nescience) is also an energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, it is especially intended to keep the living entities in a state of forgetfulness. This is due to their rebellious attitude toward the Lord. Thus although the living entities are constitutionally spiritual, they come under the influence of the potency of nescience. How this happens is described in the following verse.
যয়া ক্ষেত্রজ্ঞশক্তিঃ সা বেষ্টিতা নৃপ সর্বগা ।
সংসারতাপানখিলানবাপ্নোত্যত্র সন্ততান্ ॥ ১৫৫ ॥
yayā kṣetra-jña-śaktiḥ sā
veṣṭitā nṛpa sarva-gā
saṁsāra-tāpān akhilān
avāpnoty atra santatān

Synonyms

yayāby which; kṣetra-jña-śaktiḥthe living entities, known as the kṣetra-jña potency; that potency; veṣṭitācovered; nṛpaO King; sarva-capable of going anywhere in the spiritual or material worlds; saṁsāra-tāpānmiseries due to the cycle of repeated birth and death; akhilānall kinds of; avāpnotiobtains; atrain this material world; santatānarising from suffering or enjoying various kinds of reactions to fruitive activities.

Translation

“ ‘O King, the kṣetra-jña-śakti is the living entity. Although he has the facility to live in either the material or spiritual world, he suffers the threefold miseries of material existence because he is influenced by the avidyā [nescience] potency, which covers his constitutional position.
তয়া তিরোহিতত্বাচ্চ শক্তিঃ ক্ষেত্রজ্ঞসংজ্ঞিতা ।
সর্বভূতেষু ভূপাল তারতম্যেন বর্ততে ॥ ১৫৬ ॥
tayā tirohitatvāc ca
śaktiḥ kṣetra-jña-saṁjñitā
sarva-bhūteṣu bhū-pāla
tāratamyena vartate

Synonyms

tayāby her; tirohitatvātfrom being freed from the influence; caalso; śaktiḥthe potency; kṣetra-jñakṣetra-jña; saṁjñitāknown by the name; sarva-bhūteṣuin different types of bodies; bhū-pālaO King; tāratamyenain different degrees; vartateexists.

Translation

“ ‘This living entity, covered by the influence of nescience, exists in different forms in the material condition. O King, he is thus proportionately freed from the influence of material energy, to a greater or lesser degree.’

Purport

The material energy acts on the living entity in different degrees, according to how he acquires the association of the three modes of material nature. There are 8,400,000 species of life, some inferior, some superior and some mediocre. The gradations of the bodies are calculated according to the covering of material energy. In the lower categories — including aquatics, trees, plants, insects, birds and so forth — spiritual consciousness is almost nonexistent. In the mediocre category — the human form of life — spiritual consciousness is comparatively awakened. In the superior life forms, spiritual consciousness is fully awakened. Then the living entity understands his real position and tries to escape the influence of material energy by developing Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
হ্লাদিনী সন্ধিনী সম্বিৎ ত্বয্যেকা সর্বসংশ্রয়ে ।
হ্লাদতাপকরী মিশ্রা ত্বয়ি নো গুণ-বর্জিতে ॥ ১৫৭ ॥
hlādinī sandhinī samvit
tvayy ekā sarva-saṁśraye
hlāda-tāpa-karī miśrā
tvayi no guṇa-varjite

Synonyms

hlādinīthe pleasure potency; sandhinīthe eternity potency; samvitthe knowledge potency; tvayiin You; ekāone spiritual (cit) potency; sarva-saṁśrayethe shelter of everything; hlādapleasure; tāpa-karīcausing displeasure; miśrāmixed; tvayiin You; na unot; guṇa-varjitedevoid of all material qualities.

Translation

“ ‘The Supreme Personality of Godhead is sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha. This means that He originally has three potencies — the pleasure potency, the potency of eternality and the potency of knowledge. Together these are called the cit potency, and they are present in full in the Supreme Lord. For the living entities, who are part and parcel of the Lord, the pleasure potency in the material world is sometimes displeasing and sometimes mixed. This is not the case with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, because He is not under the influence of the material energy or its modes.’
সচ্চিদানন্দময় হয় ঈশ্বর-স্বরূপ ।
তিন অংশে চিচ্ছক্তি হয় তিন রূপ ॥ ১৫৮ ॥
sac-cid-ānanda-maya haya īśvara-svarūpa
tina aṁśe cic-chakti haya tina rūpa

Synonyms

sat-cit-ānanda-mayafull of eternity, knowledge and bliss; hayais; īśvaraof the Supreme Lord; svarūpathe transcendental form; tina aṁśein three parts; cit-śaktithe spiritual potency; hayabecomes; tinathree; rūpaforms.

Translation

“The Supreme Personality of Godhead in His original form is full of eternity, knowledge and bliss. The spiritual potency in these three portions [sat, cit and ānanda] assumes three different forms.

Purport

According to the verdict of all Vedic literature, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the living entity and the illusory energy (this material world) constitute the subject matter of knowledge. Everyone should try to understand the relationship between them. First of all, one should try to understand the nature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. From the śāstras we understand that the nature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the sum total of eternity, bliss and knowledge. As stated in verse 154 (viṣṇu-śaktiḥ parā proktā), the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the reservoir of all potencies, and His potencies are all spiritual.
আনন্দাংশে ‘হ্লাদিনী’, সদংশে ‘সন্ধিনী’ ।
চিদংশে ‘সম্বিৎ’, যারে জ্ঞান করি মানি ॥ ১৫৯ ॥
ānandāṁśe ‘hlādinī,’ sad-aṁśe ‘sandhinī’
cid-aṁśe ‘samvit’, yāre jñāna kari māni

Synonyms

ānanda-aṁśein the part of bliss; hlādinīthe pleasure potency; sat-aṁśein the part of eternity; sandhinīthe sandhinī potency; cit-aṁśein the part of knowledge; samvitthe samvit potency; yārewhich; jñānaas knowledge; kari māniwe accept.

Translation

“The three portions of the spiritual potency are called hlādinī [the bliss portion], sandhinī [the eternity portion] and samvit [the knowledge portion]. We accept knowledge of these as full knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Purport

To acquire knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one must take shelter of the samvit potency of the Supreme Lord.
অন্তরঙ্গা — চিচ্ছক্তি, তটস্থা — জীবশক্তি ।
বহিরঙ্গা — মায়া, — তিনে করে প্রেমভক্তি ॥ ১৬০ ॥
antaraṅgā — cic-chakti, taṭasthā — jīva-śakti
bahiraṅgā — māyā, — tine kare prema-bhakti

Synonyms

antaraṅgāthe internal potency; cit-śaktithe spiritual potency; taṭasthāthe marginal potency; jīva-śaktithe living entities; bahiraṅgāthe external potency; māyāthe illusory energy; tineall three of them; karedo; prema-bhaktidevotional service in love.

Translation

“The spiritual potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead also appears in three phases — internal, marginal and external. These are all engaged in His devotional service in love.

Purport

The spiritual potency of the Lord is manifested in three phases — the internal or spiritual potency, the marginal potency, which consists of the living entities, and the external potency, known as māyā-śakti. We must understand that in each of these three phases the original spiritual potencies of pleasure, eternity and knowledge remain intact. When the potencies of spiritual pleasure and knowledge are both bestowed upon the conditioned souls, the conditioned souls can escape the clutches of the external potency, māyā, which acts as a cover obscuring one’s spiritual identity. When freed, the living entity awakens to Kṛṣṇa consciousness and engages in devotional service with love and affection.
ষড়্‌বিধ ঐশ্বর্য — প্রভুর চিচ্ছক্তি-বিলাস ।
হেন শক্তি নাহি মান, — পরম সাহস ॥ ১৬১ ॥
ṣaḍ-vidha aiśvarya — prabhura cic-chakti-vilāsa
hena śakti nāhi māna, — parama sāhasa

Synonyms

ṣaṭ-vidhasix kinds; aiśvaryaof opulences; prabhuraof the Lord; cit-śakti-vilāsaenjoyment in the spiritual potency; hena śaktisuch sublime potencies; nāhinot; mānayou accept; parama sāhasagreat impudence.

Translation

“In His spiritual potency, the Supreme Lord enjoys six kinds of opulences. You do not accept this spiritual potency, and this is due to your great impudence.

Purport

The Supreme Personality of Godhead is full with six opulences. All of these potencies are on the transcendental platform. To understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead as impersonal and devoid of potency is to go completely against Vedic information.
‘মায়াধীশ’ ‘মায়াবশ’ — ঈশ্বরে-জীবে ভেদ ।
হেন-জীবে ঈশ্বর-সহ কহ ত’ অভেদ ॥ ১৬২ ॥
‘māyādhīśa’ ‘māyā-vaśa’ — īśvare-jīve bheda
hena-jīve īśvara-saha kaha ta’ abheda

Synonyms

māyā-adhīśathe Lord of energy; māyā-vaśasubjected to the influence of māyā; īśvarein the Supreme Personality of Godhead; jīvein the living entities; bhedathe difference; hena-jīvesuch living entities; īśvara-sahawith the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kahayou say; ta’indeed; abhedaone and the same.

Translation

“The Lord is the master of the potencies, and the living entity is the servant of them. That is the difference between the Lord and the living entity. However, you declare that the Lord and the living entities are one and the same.

Purport

The Supreme Personality of Godhead is by nature the master of all potencies. By nature, the living entities, being infinitesimal, are always under the influence of the Lord’s potencies. According to the Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad (3.1.1-2):
dvā suparṇā sayujā sakhāyā
samānaṁ vṛkṣaṁ pariṣasvajāte
tayor anyaḥ pippalaṁ svādv atty
anaśnann anyo ’bhicākaśīti
samāne vṛkṣe puruṣo nimagno
’nīśayā śocati muhyamānaḥ
juṣṭaṁ yadā paśyaty anyam īśam
asya mahimānam eti vīta-śokaḥ
The Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad completely distinguishes the Lord from the living entities. The living entity is subjected to the reactions of fruitive activity, whereas the Lord simply witnesses such activity and bestows the results. According to the living entity’s desires, he is wandering from one body to another and from one planet to another, under the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Paramātmā. However, when the living entity comes to his senses by the mercy of the Lord, he is awarded devotional service. Thus he is saved from the clutches of māyā. At such a time he can see his eternal friend, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and become free from all lamentation and hankering. This is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.54), where the Lord says, brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā na śocati na kāṅkṣati: “One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme Brahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments or desires to have anything.” Thus it is definitely proved that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the master of all potencies and that the living entities are always subjected to these potencies. That is the difference between māyādhīśa and māyā-vaśa.
গীতাশাস্ত্রে জীবরূপ ‘শক্তি’ করি’ মানে ।
হেন জীবে ‘ভেদ’ কর ঈশ্বরের সনে ॥ ১৬৩ ॥
gītā-śāstre jīva-rūpa ‘śakti’ kari’ māne
hena jīve ‘bheda’ kara īśvarera sane

Synonyms

gītā-śāstrein the Bhagavad-gītā; jīva-rūpathe identity of the living entity; śaktipotency; kari’making; māneaccepts; henasuch; jīveliving entity; bhedadifferent; karayou make; īśvarerathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sanewith.

Translation

“In the Bhagavad-gītā the living entity is established as the marginal potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Yet you say that the living entity is completely different from the Lord.

Purport

The Brahma-sūtra states that according to the principle of śakti-śaktimator abhedaḥ, the living entity is simultaneously one with and different from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Qualitatively the living entity and the Supreme Lord are one, but in quantity they are different. According to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s philosophy of acintya-bhedābheda-tattva, the living entity and the Supreme Lord are accepted as one and different at the same time.
ভূমিরাপোঽনলো বায়ুঃ খং মনো বুদ্ধিরেব চ ।
অহঙ্কার ইতীয়ং মে ভিন্না প্রকৃতিরষ্টধা ॥ ১৬৪ ॥
bhūmir āpo ’nalo vāyuḥ
khaṁ mano buddhir eva ca
ahaṅkāra itīyaṁ me
bhinnā prakṛtir aṣṭadhā

Synonyms

bhūmiḥearth; āpaḥwater; analaḥfire; vāyuḥair; khamether; manaḥmind; buddhiḥintelligence; evacertainly; caand; ahaṅkāraḥfalse ego; itithus; iyamthis; meMy; bhinnāseparated; prakṛtiḥenergy; aṣṭadhāeightfold.

Translation

“ ‘Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego are My eightfold separated energies.
অপরেয়মিতস্ত্বন্যাং প্ৰকৃতিং বিদ্ধি মে পরাম্ ।
জীবভূতাং মহাবাহো যয়েদং ধার্যতে জগৎ ॥ ১৬৫ ॥
apareyam itas tv anyāṁ
prakṛtiṁ viddhi me parām
jīva-bhūtāṁ mahā-bāho
yayedaṁ dhāryate jagat

Synonyms

aparāinferior; iyamthis; itaḥfrom this; tubut; anyāmanother; prakṛtimnature; viddhiknow; meMy; parāmtranscendental; jīva-bhūtāmexisting as the living entities; mahā-bāhoO mighty-armed one; yayāby which; idamthis; dhāryateis sustained; jagatmaterial world.

Translation

“ ‘Besides these inferior energies, which are material, there is another energy, a spiritual energy, and this is the living being, O mighty-armed one. The entire material world is sustained by the living entities.’

Purport

Verses 164 and 165 are quotations from the Bhagavad-gītā (7.4-5).
ঈশ্বরের শ্রীবিগ্রহ সচ্চিদানন্দাকার ।
সে-বিগ্রহে কহ সত্ত্বগুণের বিকার ॥ ১৬৬ ॥
īśvarera śrī-vigraha sac-cid-ānandākāra
se-vigrahe kaha sattva-guṇera vikāra

Synonyms

īśvareraof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; śrī-vigrahathe form; sat-cit-ānanda-ākāracomplete in eternity, cognizance and bliss; se-vigraheabout that form of the Lord; kahayou say; sattva-guṇeraof the quality of material goodness; vikāratransformation.

Translation

“The transcendental form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is complete in eternity, cognizance and bliss. However, you describe this transcendental form as a product of material goodness.
শ্রীবিগ্রহ যে না মানে, সেই ত’ পাষণ্ডী ।
অদৃশ্য অস্পৃশ্য, সেই হয় যমদণ্ডী ॥ ১৬৭ ॥
śrī-vigraha ye nā māne, sei ta’ pāṣaṇḍī
adṛśya aspṛśya, sei haya yama-daṇḍī

Synonyms

śrī-vigrahathe form of the Lord; yeanyone who; not; māneaccepts; seihe; ta’indeed; pāṣaṇḍīagnostic; adṛśyanot to be seen; aspṛśyauntouchable; seihe; hayais; yama-daṇḍīsubject to be punished by Yamarāja.

Translation

“One who does not accept the transcendental form of the Lord is certainly an agnostic. Such a person should be neither seen nor touched. Indeed, he is subject to be punished by Yamarāja.

Purport

According to the Vedic instructions, the Supreme Personality of Godhead has His eternal, transcendental form, which is always blissful and full of knowledge. Impersonalists think that “material” refers to the forms within our experience and that “spiritual” refers to an absence of form. However, one should know that beyond this material nature is another nature, which is spiritual. Just as there are material forms in this material world, there are spiritual forms in the spiritual world. This is confirmed by all Vedic literature. The spiritual forms in the transcendental world have nothing to do with the negative conception of formlessness. The conclusion is that a person is an agnostic when he does not agree to worship the transcendental form of the Lord.
Actually, at the present moment all systems of religion deny the worship of the form of the Lord due to ignorance of His transcendental form. The first-class materialists (the Māyāvādīs) imagine five specific forms of the Lord, but when they try to equate the worship of such imaginary forms with bhakti, they are immediately condemned. Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa confirms this in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.15), where He says, na māṁ duṣkṛtino mūḍhāḥ prapadyante narādhamāḥ. Bereft of real knowledge due to agnosticism, the Māyāvādī philosophers should not even be seen by the devotees of the Lord, nor touched, because those philosophers are liable to be punished by Yamarāja, the superintendent demigod who judges the activities of sinful men. The Māyāvādī agnostics wander within this universe in different species of life due to their nondevotional activities. Such living entities are subjected to the punishments of Yamarāja. Only the devotees, who are always engaged in the service of the Lord, are exempt from the jurisdiction of Yamarāja.
বেদ না মানিয়া বৌদ্ধ হয় ত’ নাস্তিক ।
বেদাশ্রয় নাস্তিক্য-বাদ বৌদ্ধকে অধিক ॥ ১৬৮ ॥
veda nā māniyā bauddha haya ta’ nāstika
vedāśraya nāstikya-vāda bauddhake adhika

Synonyms

vedathe Vedic literature; not; māniyāaccepting; bauddhathe Buddhists; hayaare; ta’indeed; nāstikaagnostics; veda-āśrayataking shelter of Vedic civilization; nāstikya-vādaagnosticism; bauddhakeeven Buddhists; adhikasurpassing.

Translation

“The Buddhists do not recognize the authority of the Vedas; therefore they are considered agnostics. However, those who have taken shelter of the Vedic scriptures yet preach agnosticism in accordance with the Māyāvāda philosophy are certainly more dangerous than the Buddhists.

Purport

Although the Buddhists are directly opposed to Vaiṣṇava philosophy, it can easily be understood that the Śaṅkarites are more dangerous because they accept the authority of the Vedas yet act contrary to Vedic instruction. Vedāśraya nāstikya-vāda means “agnosticism under the shelter of Vedic culture” and refers to the monistic philosophy of the Māyāvādīs. Lord Buddha abandoned the authority of the Vedic literature and therefore rejected the ritualistic ceremonies and sacrifices recommended in the Vedas. His nirvāṇa philosophy means stopping all material activities. Lord Buddha did not recognize the presence of transcendental forms and spiritual activities beyond the material world. He simply described voidism beyond this material existence. The Māyāvādī philosophers offer lip service to Vedic authority but try to escape the Vedic ritualistic ceremonies. They concoct some idea of a transcendental position and call themselves Nārāyaṇa, or God. However, God’s position is completely different from their concoction. Such Māyāvādī philosophers consider themselves above the influence of karma-kāṇḍa (fruitive activities and their reactions). For them, the spiritual world is equated with the Buddhist voidism. There is very little difference between impersonalism and voidism. Voidism can be directly understood, but the impersonalism enunciated by Māyāvādī philosophers is not very easily understandable. Of course, Māyāvādī philosophers accept a spiritual existence, but they do not know about the spiritual world and spiritual beings. According to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.2.32):
ye ’nye ’ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas
tvayy asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ
āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ tataḥ
patanty adho ’nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ
The intelligence of the Māyāvādīs is not purified; therefore even though they practice austerities for self-realization, they cannot remain within the impersonal brahmajyoti. Consequently, they fall down again into this material world.
The Māyāvādīs’ conception of spiritual existence is almost identical to the negation of material existence. The Māyāvādīs believe that there is nothing positive in spiritual life. As a result, they cannot understand devotional service or the worship of the Supreme Person, sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha. The Māyāvādī philosophers consider Deity worship in devotional service to be pratibimba-vāda, or the worship of a form that is the reflection of a false material form. Thus the Lord’s transcendental form, which is eternally blissful and full of knowledge, is unknown to Māyāvādī philosophers. Although the term “Bhagavān” is explicitly described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, they cannot understand it. Brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate: “The Absolute Truth is called Brahman, Paramātmā and Bhagavān.” (Bhāg. 1.2.11) The Māyāvādīs try to understand Brahman only, or, at the most, Paramātmā. However, they are unable to understand Bhagavān. Therefore the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, says, māyayāpahṛta-jñānāḥ. Because of the temperament of the Māyāvādī philosophers, real knowledge is taken from them. Because they cannot receive the mercy of the Lord, they will always be bewildered by His transcendental form. Impersonal philosophy destroys the three phases of knowledge — jñāna, jñeya and jñātā. As soon as one speaks of knowledge, there must be a person who is the knower, the knowledge itself and the object of knowledge. Māyāvāda philosophy combines these three categories; therefore the Māyāvādīs cannot understand how the spiritual potencies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead act. Because of their poor fund of knowledge, they cannot understand the distinction in the spiritual world between knowledge, the knower and the object of knowledge. Because of this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu considers the Māyāvādī philosophers more dangerous than the Buddhists.
জীবের নিস্তার লাগি’ সূত্র কৈল ব্যাস ।
মায়াবাদি-ভাষ্য শুনিলে হয় সর্বনাশ ॥ ১৬৯ ॥
jīvera nistāra lāgi’ sūtra kaila vyāsa
māyāvādi-bhāṣya śunile haya sarva-nāśa

Synonyms

jīveraof the living entities; nistāradeliverance; lāgi’for the matter of; sūtrathe Vedānta-sūtra; kailamade; vyāsaŚrīla Vyāsadeva; māyāvādiof the impersonalists; bhāṣyacommentary; śunileif hearing; hayabecomes; sarva-nāśaall destruction.

Translation

“Śrīla Vyāsadeva presented the Vedānta philosophy for the deliverance of conditioned souls, but if one hears the commentary of Śaṅkarācārya, everything is spoiled.

Purport

Factually, the devotional service of the Lord is described in the Vedānta-sūtra, but the Māyāvādī philosophers, the Śaṅkarites, prepared a commentary known as Śārīraka-bhāṣya, in which the transcendental form of the Lord is denied. The Māyāvādī philosophers think that the living entity is identical with the Supreme Soul, Brahman. Their commentaries on the Vedānta-sūtra are completely opposed to the principle of devotional service. Caitanya Mahāprabhu therefore warns us to avoid these commentaries. If one indulges in hearing the Śaṅkarite Śārīraka-bhāṣya, he will certainly be bereft of all real knowledge.
The ambitious Māyāvādī philosophers desire to merge into the existence of the Lord, and this may be accepted as sāyujya-mukti. However, this form of mukti means denying one’s individual existence. In other words, it is a kind of spiritual suicide. This is absolutely opposed to the philosophy of bhakti-yoga. Bhakti-yoga offers immortality to the individual conditioned soul. If one follows the Māyāvādī philosophy, he misses his opportunity to become immortal after giving up the material body. The immortality of the individual person is the highest perfectional stage a living entity can attain.
‘পরিণাম-বাদ’ — ব্যাস-সূত্রের সম্মত ।
অচিন্ত্যশক্তি ঈশ্বর জগদ্রূপে পরিণত ॥ ১৭০ ॥
‘pariṇāma-vāda’ — vyāsa-sūtrera sammata
acintya-śakti īśvara jagad-rūpe pariṇata

Synonyms

pariṇāma-vādathe theory of transformation; vyāsa-sūtreraof the Vedānta-sūtra; sammatapurpose; acintya-śaktiinconceivable power; īśvarathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; jagat-rūpein the form of the cosmic manifestation; pariṇatatransformed.

Translation

“The Vedānta-sūtra aims at establishing that the cosmic manifestation has come into being by the transformation of the inconceivable potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Purport

For a further explanation of pariṇāma-vāda, refer to Ādi-līlā, seventh chapter, verses 121-133.
মণি যৈছে অবিকৃতে প্রসবে হেমভার ।
জগদ্রূপ হয় ঈশ্বর, তবু অবিকার ॥ ১৭১ ॥
maṇi yaiche avikṛte prasabe hema-bhāra
jagad-rūpa haya īśvara, tabu avikāra

Synonyms

maṇithe touchstone; yaichejust as; avikṛtewithout being transformed; prasabeproduces; hema-bhāravolumes of gold; jagat-rūpathe cosmic manifestation; hayabecomes; īśvarathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tabustill; avikāraunchanged.

Translation

“The touchstone, after touching iron, produces volumes of gold without being changed. Similarly, the Supreme Personality of Godhead manifests Himself as the cosmic manifestation by His inconceivable potency, yet He remains unchanged in His eternal, transcendental form.

Purport

According to the commentary of Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura, the purpose of the janmādy asya verse in the Vedānta-sūtra is to establish that the cosmic manifestation is the result of the transformation of the potencies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Lord is the master of innumerable eternal energies, which are unlimited. Sometimes these energies are manifested, and sometimes they are not. In any case, all energies are under His control; therefore He is the original energetic, the abode of all energies. A common brain in the conditioned state cannot conceive of how these inconceivable energies abide in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, how He exists in His innumerable forms as the master of both spiritual and material energies, how He is the master of both manifest and potential powers, and how contradictory potencies can abide in Him. As long as the living entity is within this material world, in the condition of illusion, he cannot understand the activities of the inconceivable energies of the Lord. Thus the Lord’s energies, though factual, are simply beyond the power of the common brain to understand.
When the atheistic philosophers or the Māyāvādīs, being unable to understand the inconceivable energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, imagine an impersonal void, their imagination is only the counterpart of materialistic thinking. Within the material world, there is nothing inconceivable. High-thinking philosophers and scientists can tackle the material energy, but not being able to understand the spiritual energy, they can simply imagine an inactive state, such as the impersonal Brahman. This is simply the negative side of material life. By such imperfect knowledge, the Māyāvādī philosophers conclude that the cosmic manifestation is a transformation of the Supreme. Thus they must necessarily also accept the theory of the illusion of the Supreme (vivarta-vāda). However, if we accept the inconceivable potencies of the Lord, we can understand how the Supreme Personality of Godhead can appear within this material world without being touched or contaminated by the three modes of material nature.
From the śāstras we learn that there is a stone or jewel called a touchstone that can transform iron into gold. Although the touchstone turns iron into gold many times, it remains in its original condition. If such a material stone can maintain its inconceivable energy after producing volumes of gold, certainly the Supreme Personality of Godhead can remain in His original sac-cid-ānanda form after creating the cosmic world. As confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.10), He acts only through His different energies. Mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ: Kṛṣṇa directs the material energy, and that potency works in this material world. This is also confirmed in the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.44):
sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralaya-sādhana-śaktir ekā
chāyeva yasya bhuvanāni bibharti durgā
icchānurūpam api yasya ca ceṣṭate sā
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
The durgā-śakti (material energy) acts under the direction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the universal creation, maintenance and destruction are being carried out by the durgā-śakti. Kṛṣṇa’s direction is in the background. The conclusion is that the Supreme Personality of Godhead remains as He is, even though directing His energy, which makes the diverse cosmic manifestation work so wonderfully.
ব্যাস — ভ্রান্ত বলি’ সেই সূত্রে দোষ দিয়া ।
‘বিবর্তবাদ’ স্থাপিয়াছে কল্পনা করিয়া ॥ ১৭২ ॥
vyāsa — bhrānta bali’ sei sūtre doṣa diyā
‘vivarta-vāda’ sthāpiyāche kalpanā kariyā

Synonyms

vyāsaŚrīla Vyāsadeva; bhrāntamistaken; bali’saying; seithat; sūtrein the Vedānta-sūtra; doṣafault; diyāaccusing; vivarta-vādathe theory of illusion; sthāpiyāchehas established; kalpanāimagination; kariyādoing.

Translation

“Śaṅkarācārya states that the theory of transformation presented in the Vedānta-sūtra implies that the Absolute Truth itself is transformed. In this way the Māyāvādī philosophers denigrate Śrīla Vyāsadeva by accusing him of error. They thus find fault in the Vedānta-sūtra and misinterpret it to try to establish the theory of illusion.

Purport

The first verse of the Brahma-sūtra is athāto brahma-jijñāsā: “We must now inquire into the Absolute Truth.” The second verse immediately answers, janmādy asya yataḥ: “The Absolute Truth is the original source of everything.” Janmādy asya yataḥ does not suggest that the original person has been transformed. Rather, it clearly indicates that He produces this cosmic manifestation through His inconceivable energy. This is also clearly explained in the Bhagavad-gītā (10.8), where Kṛṣṇa says, mattaḥ sarvaṁ pravartate: “From Me, everything emanates.” This is also confirmed in the Taittirīya Upaniṣad (3.1.1): yato vā imāni bhūtāni jāyante. “The Supreme Absolute Truth is that from which everything is born.” Similarly, in the Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad (1.1.7) it is stated, yathorṇa-nābhiḥ sṛjate gṛhṇate ca: “[The Lord creates and destroys the cosmic manifestation] as a spider creates a web and draws it back within itself.” All of these śāstric statements indicate the transformation of the Lord’s energy, not of the Lord Himself. Tranformation of the Lord’s energy is called pariṇāma-vāda. However, being very anxious to protect Śrīla Vyāsadeva from criticism, Śaṅkarācārya became a pseudo gentleman and put forward his theory of illusion (vivarta-vāda). Śaṅkarācārya concocted this meaning of pariṇāma-vāda, and by word jugglery he endeavored very hard to establish pariṇāma-vāda as vivarta-vāda.
জীবের দেহে আত্মবুদ্ধি — সেই মিথ্যা হয় ।
জগৎ যে মিথ্যা নহে, নশ্বরমাত্র হয় ॥ ১৭৩ ॥
jīvera dehe ātma-buddhi — sei mithyā haya
jagat ye mithyā nahe, naśvara-mātra haya

Synonyms

jīveraof the living entities; dehein the body; ātma-buddhiconsidering as the self; seithat; mithyāuntruth; hayais; jagatthe cosmic manifestation; yethat; mithyāuntruth; nahenot; naśvara-mātraonly temporary; hayais.

Translation

“The theory of illusion can be applied only when the living entity identifies himself with the body. As far as the cosmic manifestation is concerned, it cannot be called false, although it is certainly temporary.

Purport

The living entity is the eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa. Being part and parcel of the Lord, he is constitutionally pure, but due to his contact with material energy, he identifies himself with either the gross or the subtle material body. Such identification is certainly false and constitutes the genuine platform of the theory of illusion. The living entity is eternal: he can never be subjected to the limits of time, as are his gross and subtle bodies. The cosmic manifestation is never false, but it is subject to change by the influence of the time factor. For a living entity to accept this cosmic manifestation as the field for his sense enjoyment is certainly illusory. This material world is the manifestation of the material energy of the Lord. This is explained by Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.4):
bhūmir āpo ’nalo vāyuḥkhaṁ mano buddhir eva ca
ahaṅkāra itīyaṁ me
bhinnā prakṛtir aṣṭadhā
“Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego — all together these eight constitute My separated material energies.”
The material world is the inferior energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but it is not a fact that the Supreme Lord has been transformed into this material world. The Māyāvādī philosophers, devoid of true understanding, have confused the theory of illusion and the theory of the cosmic manifestation by word jugglery. The theory of illusion can be applied to a person who identifies himself with the body. The living entity is the superior energy of the Supreme Lord, and the material world is the inferior energy. Both, however, are prakṛti (energy). Although the energies are simultaneously one with the Lord and different from Him, the Lord never loses His personal form due to the transformation of His different energies.
‘প্রণব’ যে মহাবাক্য — ঈশ্বরের মূর্তি ।
প্রণব হৈতে সর্ববেদ, জগৎ-উৎপত্তি ॥ ১৭৪ ॥
‘praṇava’ ye mahā-vākya — īśvarera mūrti
praṇava haite sarva-veda, jagat-utpatti

Synonyms

praṇavaoṁkāra; yethat which; mahā-vākyatranscendental vibration; īśvareraof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mūrtithe form; praṇavaoṁkāra; haitefrom; sarva-vedaall Vedic literature; jagatof the material world; utpattiproduction.

Translation

“The transcendental vibration oṁkāra is the sound form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. All Vedic knowledge and this cosmic manifestation are produced from this sound representation of the Supreme Lord.

Purport

Oṁkāra is the representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in sound. This form of His holy name is accepted as the transcendental vibration (mahā-vākya) by virtue of which the temporary material manifestation has come into being. If one takes shelter of the sound representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (oṁkāra), he can realize his constitutional identity and engage in devotional service even though in conditioned life.
‘তত্ত্বমসি’ — জীব-হেতু প্রাদেশিক বাক্য ।
প্রণব না মানি’ তারে কহে মহাবাক্য ॥” ১৭৫ ॥
‘tat tvam asi’ — jīva-hetu prādeśika vākya
praṇava nā māni’ tāre kahe mahā-vākya

Synonyms

tat tvam asiyou are the same; jīva-hetufor the enlightenment of the conditioned soul; prādeśikasubsidiary; vākyavibration; praṇavathe oṁkāra incarnation; not; māni’accepting; tārethat; kahesays; mahā-vākyatranscendental vibration.

Translation

“The subsidiary vibration tat tvam asi [“you are the same”] is meant for the understanding of the living entity, but the principal vibration is oṁkāra. Not caring for oṁkāra, Śaṅkarācārya has stressed the vibration tat tvam asi.”

Purport

Tat tvam asi is accepted as the primary vibration by one who does not accept praṇava, the transcendental sound incarnation of the holy name of the Lord, as the chief principle in the Vedic literature. By word jugglery, Śaṅkarācārya tried to create an illusory presentation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His relationship with the living entities and the cosmic manifestation. Tat tvam asi is a warning to the living entity not to mistake the body for the self. Therefore tat tvam asi is especially meant for the conditioned soul. The chanting of oṁkāra or the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra is meant for the liberated soul. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has said, ayi mukta-kulair upāsyamānam (Nāmāṣṭaka 1). Thus the holy name of the Lord is chanted by the liberated souls. Similarly, Parīkṣit Mahārāja says, nivṛtta-tarṣair upagīyamānāt (Bhāg. 10.1.4). The holy name of the Lord can be chanted by those who have fully satisfied their material desires or who are fully situated on the transcendental platform and devoid of material desire. The name of the Lord can be chanted by one who is completely freed from material contamination (anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam). Śaṅkarācārya has indirectly minimized the value of the principal Vedic mantra (oṁkāra) by accepting a subordinate vibration (tat tvam asi) as the most important Vedic mantra.
এইমতে কল্পিত ভাষ্যে শত দোষ দিল ।
ভট্টাচার্য পূর্বপক্ষ অপার করিল ॥ ১৭৬ ॥
ei-mate kalpita bhāṣye śata doṣa dila
bhaṭṭācārya pūrva-pakṣa apāra karila

Synonyms

ei-matein this way; kalpitaimagined; bhāṣyein the commentary; śatahundreds; doṣaof faults; dilagave; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; pūrva-pakṣaopposing elements; apāraunlimitedly; karilamanifested.

Translation

Thus Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu criticized Śaṅkarācārya’s Śārīraka-bhāṣya as imaginary, and He pointed out hundreds of faults in it. To defend Śaṅkarācārya, however, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya presented unlimited opposition.
বিতণ্ডা, ছল, নিগ্রহাদি অনেক উঠাইল ।
সব খণ্ডি’ প্রভু নিজ-মত সে স্থাপিল ॥ ১৭৭ ॥
vitaṇḍā, chala, nigrahādi aneka uṭhāila
saba khaṇḍi’ prabhu nija-mata se sthāpila

Synonyms

vitaṇḍācounterarguments; chalaimaginary interpretations; nigraha-ādirepulses to the opposite party; anekavarious; uṭhāilaraised; sabaall; khaṇḍi’refuting; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nija-mataHis own conviction; sethat; sthāpilaestablished.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya presented various types of false arguments with pseudo logic and tried to defeat his opponent in many ways. However, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu refuted all these arguments and established His own conviction.

Purport

The word vitaṇḍā indicates that a debater, not touching the main point or establishing his own point, simply tries to refute the other person’s argument. When one does not touch the direct meaning but tries to divert attention by misinterpretation, he engages in chala. The word nigraha also means always trying to refute the arguments of the other party.
“ভগবান্ — ‘সম্বন্ধ’, ভক্তি — ‘অভিধেয়’ হয় ।
প্রেমা — ‘প্রয়োজন’, বেদে তিনবস্তু কয় ॥ ১৭৮ ॥
bhagavān — ‘sambandha’, bhakti — ‘abhidheya’ haya
premā — ‘prayojana’, vede tina-vastu kaya

Synonyms

bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sambandharelationship; bhaktidevotional service; abhidheyatranscendental activities; hayais; premālove of Godhead; prayojanathe ultimate goal of life; vedethe Vedas; tina-vastuthree subject matters; kayadescribe.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “The Supreme Personality of Godhead is the central point of all relationships, acting in devotional service to Him is one’s real occupation, and the attainment of love of Godhead is the ultimate goal of life. These three subject matters are described in the Vedic literature.

Purport

In the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15) Lord Kṛṣṇa confirms this statement: vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ. The actual purpose in reading the Vedas is to learn how to become a devotee of the Supreme Lord. The Lord Himself advises, man-manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru (Bg. 9.34). Therefore, after studying the Vedas, one must then execute devotional service by thinking always of the Supreme Lord (man-manā), becoming His devotee, worshiping Him and always offering Him obeisances. This is called viṣṇu-ārādhana, and it is the supreme occupational duty of all human beings. It is properly discharged in the varṇāśrama-dharma system, which divides society into brahmacarya, gṛhastha, vānaprastha and sannyāsa and brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya and śūdra. This is the whole scheme of Vedic civilization. However, this institution is very difficult to establish in this age; therefore Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu advises that we not worry about the Vedic system of varṇāśrama-dharma. Rather, we should take directly to the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra and simply hear about the Supreme Personality of Godhead from pure devotees. This is the process recommended by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and this is the purpose for studying the Vedas.
আর যে যে-কিছু কহে, সকলই কল্পনা ।
স্বতঃপ্রমাণ বেদ-বাক্যে কল্পেন লক্ষণা ॥ ১৭৯ ॥
āra ye ye-kichu kahe, sakala-i kalpanā
svataḥ-pramāṇa veda-vākye kalpena lakṣaṇā

Synonyms

āraexcept this; ye yewhatever; kichusomething; kahesays; sakala-iall; kalpanāimagination; svataḥ-pramāṇaself-evident; veda-vākyein the Vedic version; kalpenahe imagines; lakṣaṇāan interpretation.

Translation

“If one tries to explain the Vedic literature in a different way, he is indulging in imagination. Any interpretation of the self-evident Vedic version is simply imaginary.

Purport

When a conditioned soul is purified, he is called a devotee. A devotee has his relationship only with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and his only occupational duty is to execute devotional service to satisfy the Lord. This service is rendered through the Lord’s representative, the spiritual master: yasya deve parā bhaktir yathā deve tathā gurau. When the devotee executes devotional service properly, he attains the highest perfection of life — love of Godhead: sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo yato bhaktir adhokṣaje. The ultimate goal of understanding the Vedas is to be elevated to the platform of rendering loving service to the Lord. The Māyāvādī philosophers, however, consider the central point of relationship to be the impersonal Brahman, the function of the living entity to be the acquisition of knowledge of Brahman, resulting in detachment from material activity, and the ultimate goal of life to be liberation, or merging into the existence of the Supreme. All of this, however, is simply due to the imagination of the conditioned soul. It simply opposes him to material activities. One should always remember that all Vedic literatures are self-evident. No one is allowed to interpret the Vedic verses. If one does so, he indulges in imagination, and that has no value.
আচার্যের দোষ নাহি, ঈশ্বর-আজ্ঞা হৈল ।
অতএব কল্পনা করি’ নাস্তিক-শাস্ত্র কৈল ॥ ১৮০ ॥
ācāryera doṣa nāhi, īśvara-ājñā haila
ataeva kalpanā kari’ nāstika-śāstra kaila

Synonyms

ācāryeraof Śaṅkarācārya; doṣafault; nāhithere is not; īśvara-ājñāthe order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hailathere was; ataevatherefore; kalpanāimagination; kari’making; nāstikaatheistic; śāstrascriptures; kailaprepared.

Translation

“Actually there is no fault on the part of Śaṅkarācārya. He simply carried out the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He had to imagine some kind of interpretation, and therefore he presented a kind of Vedic literature that is full of atheism.
স্বাগমৈঃ কল্পিতৈস্ত্বঞ্চ জনান্ মদ্বিমুখান্ কুরু ।
মাঞ্চ গোপয় যেন স্যাৎ সৃষ্টিরেষোত্তরোত্তরা ॥ ১৮১ ॥
svāgamaiḥ kalpitais tvaṁ ca
janān mad-vimukhān kuru
māṁ ca gopaya yena syāt
sṛṣṭir eṣottarottarā

Synonyms

sva-āgamaiḥwith your own theses; kalpitaiḥimagined; tvamyou; caalso; janānthe people in general; mat-vimukhānaverse to Me and addicted to fruitive activities and speculative knowledge; kurumake; māmMe, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; caand; gopayajust cover; yenaby which; syātthere may be; sṛṣṭiḥmaterial advancement; eṣāthis; uttara-uttarāmore and more.

Translation

“[Addressing Lord Śiva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead said:] ‘Please make the general populace averse to Me by imagining your own interpretation of the Vedas. Also, cover Me in such a way that people will take more interest in advancing material civilization just to propagate a population bereft of spiritual knowledge.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Padma Purāṇa, Uttara-khaṇḍa (62.31).
মায়াবাদমসচ্ছাস্ত্রং প্ৰচ্ছন্নং বৌদ্ধমুচ্যতে ।
ময়ৈব বিহিতং দেবি কলৌ ব্রাহ্মণমূর্তিনা ॥” ১৮২ ॥
māyāvādam asac-chāstraṁ
pracchannaṁ bauddham ucyate
mayaiva vihitaṁ devi
kalau brāhmaṇa-mūrtinā

Synonyms

māyāvādamthe philosophy of Māyāvāda; asat-śāstramfalse scriptures; pracchannamcovered; bauddhamBuddhism; ucyateit is said; mayāby me; evaonly; vihitamtaught; deviO goddess of the material world; kalauin the Age of Kali; brāhmaṇa-mūrtināhaving the body of a brāhmaṇa..

Translation

“[Lord Śiva informed goddess Durgā, the superintendent of the material world:] ‘In the Age of Kali I take the form of a brāhmaṇa and explain the Vedas through false scriptures in an atheistic way, similar to Buddhist philosophy.’ ”

Purport

The word brāhmaṇa-mūrtinā in this verse-refers to the founder of Māyāvāda philosophy, Śaṅkarācārya, who was born in the Mālabara district of southern India. Māyāvāda philosophy states that the Supreme Lord, the living entities and the cosmic manifestation are all transformations of illusory energy. To support this atheistic theory, the Māyāvādīs cite false scriptures, which make people bereft of transcendental knowledge and addicted to fruitive activities and mental speculation.
This verse is a quotation from the Padma Purāṇa, Uttara-khaṇḍa (25.7).
শুনি’ ভট্টাচার্য হৈল পরম বিস্মিত ।
মুখে না নিঃসরে বাণী, হইলা স্তম্ভিত ॥ ১৮৩ ॥
śuni’ bhaṭṭācārya haila parama vismita
mukhe nā niḥsare vāṇī, ha-ilā stambhita

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; hailabecame; paramavery much; vismitaastonished; mukhein the mouth; not; niḥsarevibrates; vāṇīwords; ha-ilābecame; stambhitastunned.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya became very much astonished upon hearing this. He became stunned and said nothing.
প্রভু কহে, — “ভট্টাচার্য, না কর বিস্ময় ।
ভগবানে ভক্তি — পরম-পুরুষার্থ হয় ॥ ১৮৪ ॥
prabhu kahe, — bhaṭṭācārya, nā kara vismaya
bhagavāne bhakti — parama-puruṣārtha haya

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; bhaṭṭācāryaMy dear Bhaṭṭācārya; not; karado; vismayaastonishment; bhagavāneunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhaktidevotional service; paramathe supreme; puruṣa-arthahuman interest; hayais.

Translation

Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then told him, “Do not be astonished. Actually, devotional service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the highest perfection of human activity.
‘আত্মারাম’ পর্যন্ত করে ঈশ্বর ভজন ।
ঐছে অচিন্ত্য ভগবানের গুণগণ ॥ ১৮৫ ॥
‘ātmārāma’ paryanta kare īśvara bhajana
aiche acintya bhagavānera guṇa-gaṇa

Synonyms

ātma-ārāmaself-satisfied; paryantaup to; karedo; īśvara bhajanadevotional service to the Lord; aichesuch; acintyainconceivable; bhagavāneraof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; guṇa-gaṇatranscendental qualities.

Translation

“Even the self-satisfied sages perform devotional service to the Supreme Lord. Such are the transcendental qualities of the Lord. They are full of inconceivable spiritual potency.
আত্মারামাশ্চ মুনয়ো নির্গ্রন্থা অপ্যুরুক্রমে ।
কুর্বন্ত্যহৈতুকীং ভক্তিমিত্থম্ভূতগুণো হরিঃ ॥” ১৮৬ ॥
ātmārāmāś ca munayo
nirgranthā apy urukrame
kurvanty ahaitukīṁ bhaktim
ittham-bhūta-guṇo hariḥ

Synonyms

ātma-ārāmāḥpersons who take pleasure in being transcendentally situated in the service of the Lord; caalso; munayaḥgreat saintly persons who have completely rejected material aspirations, fruitive activities and so forth; nirgranthāḥwithout interest in any material desire; apicertainly; urukrameunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, whose activities are wonderful; kurvantido; ahaitukīmcauseless, or without material desires; bhaktimdevotional service; ittham-bhūtaso wonderful as to attract the attention of the self-satisfied; guṇaḥwho has transcendental qualities; hariḥthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“ ‘Those who are self-satisfied and unattracted by external material desires are also attracted to the loving service of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, whose qualities are transcendental and whose activities are wonderful. Hari, the Personality of Godhead, is called Kṛṣṇa because He has such transcendentally attractive features.’ ”

Purport

This is the famous ātmārāma verse (Bhāg. 1.7.10).
শুনি’ ভট্টাচার্য কহে, — ‘শুন, মহাশয় ।
এই শ্লোকের অর্থ শুনিতে বাঞ্ছা হয় ॥’ ১৮৭ ॥
śuni’ bhaṭṭācārya kahe, — ‘śuna, mahāśaya
ei ślokera artha śunite vāñchā haya’

Synonyms

śuni’hearing this; bhaṭṭācārya kaheSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said; śunaplease hear; mahā-āśayamy dear Sir; ei ślokeraof this verse; arthathe meaning; śuniteto hear; vāñchāa desire; hayathere is.

Translation

After hearing the ātmārāma verse, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya addressed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, “My dear Sir, please explain this verse. I have a great desire to hear Your explanation of it.”
প্রভু কহে, — ‘তুমি কি অর্থ কর, তাহা আগে শুনি’ ।
পাছে আমি করিব অর্থ, যেবা কিছু জানি ॥’ ১৮৮ ॥
prabhu kahe, — ‘tumi ki artha kara, tāhā āge śuni’
pāche āmi kariba artha, yebā kichu jāni’

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; tumiyou; kiwhat; arthameaning; karado; tāhāthat; āgefirst of all; śuni’hearing; pācheafter that; āmiI; karibashall do; arthameaning; yebāwhatever; kichusomething; jāniI know.

Translation

The Lord replied, “First let Me hear your explanation. After that, I shall try to explain what little I know.”
শুনি’ ভট্টাচার্য শ্লোক করিল ব্যাখ্যান ।
তর্কশাস্ত্র-মত উঠায় বিবিধ বিধান ॥ ১৮৯ ॥
śuni’ bhaṭṭācārya śloka karila vyākhyāna
tarka-śāstra-mata uṭhāya vividha vidhāna

Synonyms

śuni’hearing this; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; ślokaof the verse; kariladid; vyākhyānaexplanation; tarka-śāstrascriptures dealing with logic; mataaccording to; uṭhāyaraises; vividhavarious; vidhānapropositions.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya then began to explain the ātmārāma verse, and according to the principles of logic, he put forward various propositions.
নববিধ অর্থ কৈল শাস্ত্রমত লঞা ।
শুনি’ প্রভু কহে কিছু ঈষৎ হাসিয়া ॥ ১৯০ ॥
nava-vidha artha kaila śāstra-mata lañā
śuni’ prabhu kahe kichu īṣat hāsiyā

Synonyms

nava-vidhanine kinds; arthameanings; kailadid; śāstra-matathe principles of authorized scriptures; lañātaking; śuni’after hearing that; prabhuLord Caitanya; kahebegan to speak; kichusomething; īṣatslightly; hāsiyāsmiling.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya explained the ātmārāma verse in nine different ways on the basis of scripture. After hearing his explanation, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, smiling a little, began to speak.

Purport

The ātmārāma verse was discussed at Naimiṣāraṇya at a meeting of many great sages, headed by Śaunaka Ṛṣi. They questioned Śrīla Sūta Gosvāmī, who presided at the meeting, about why Śrīla Śukadeva Gosvāmī, a paramahaṁsa already in the transcendental position, was attracted to a discussion of the qualities of Kṛṣṇa. In other words, they wanted to know why Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī engaged in the study of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
“‘ভট্টাচার্য’, জানি — তুমি সাক্ষাৎ বৃহস্পতি ।
শাস্ত্রব্যাখ্যা করিতে ঐছে কারো নাহি শক্তি ॥ ১৯১ ॥
‘bhaṭṭācārya’, jāni — tumi sākṣāt bṛhaspati
śāstra-vyākhyā karite aiche kāro nāhi śakti

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācāryaMy dear Bhaṭṭācārya; jāniI know; tumiyou; sākṣātdirectly; bṛhaspatithe learned priest of the demigods named Bṛhaspati; śāstra-vyākhyāexplanation of the scriptures; kariteto do; aichesuch; kāroof anyone else; nāhithere is not; śaktipower.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “My dear Bhaṭṭācārya, you are exactly like Bṛhaspati, the priest of the heavenly kingdom. Indeed, no one within this world has the power to explain the scriptures in such a way.
কিন্তু তুমি অর্থ কৈলে পাণ্ডিত্য-প্রতিভায় ।
ইহা বই শ্লোকের আছে আরো অভিপ্রায় ॥” ১৯২ ॥
kintu tumi artha kaile pāṇḍitya-pratibhāya
ihā va-i ślokera āche āro abhiprāya

Synonyms

kintubut; tumiyou; arthameaning; kailehave shown; pāṇḍityascholarly; pratibhāyawith prowess; ihā va-ibesides this; ślokeraof the verse; āchethere is; āroanother; abhiprāyapurport.

Translation

“My dear Bhaṭṭācārya, you have certainly explained this verse by the prowess of your vast learning, but you should know that, besides this scholarly explanation, there is another purport to this verse.”
ভট্টাচার্যের প্রার্থনাতে প্রভু ব্যাখ্যা কৈল ।
তাঁর নব অর্থ-মধ্যে এক না ছুইঁল ॥ ১৯৩ ॥
bhaṭṭācāryera prārthanāte prabhu vyākhyā kaila
tāṅra nava artha-madhye eka nā chuṅila

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācāryeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; prārthanāteon the request; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vyākhyāexplanation; kailamade; tāṅrahis; nava arthaof the nine different types of explanations; madhyein the midst; ekaone; not; chuṅilatouched.

Translation

Upon the request of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu began to explain the verse, without touching upon the nine explanations given by the Bhaṭṭācārya.
আত্মারামাশ্চ-শ্লোকে ‘একাদশ’ পদ হয় ।
পৃথক্ পৃথক্ কৈল পদের অর্থ নিশ্চয় ॥ ১৯৪ ॥
ātmārāmāś ca-śloke ‘ekādaśa’ pada haya
pṛthak pṛthak kaila padera artha niścaya

Synonyms

ātmārāmāś caknown as such; ślokein the verse; ekādaśaeleven; padawords; hayathere are; pṛthak pṛthakseparately one after another; kailamade; paderaof the words; arthathe meaning; niścayacertainty.

Translation

There are eleven words in the ātmārāma verse, and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu explained each word, one after the other.

Purport

The words in the ātmārāma verse are ātmārāmāḥ, ca, munayaḥ, nirgranthāḥ, api, urukrame, kurvanti, ahaitukīm, bhaktim, ittham-bhūta-guṇaḥ and hariḥ.
তত্তৎপদ-প্রাধান্যে ‘আত্মারাম’ মিলাঞা ।
অষ্টাদশ অর্থ কৈল অভিপ্রায় লঞা ॥ ১৯৫ ॥
tat-tat-pada-prādhānye ‘ātmārāma’ milāñā
aṣṭādaśa artha kaila abhiprāya lañā

Synonyms

tat-tat-padaall those items; prādhānyeprincipally; ātmārāmathe word ātmārāma; milāñācausing to meet; aṣṭādaśaeighteen; arthameanings; kailadid; abhiprāyapurpose; lañāaccepting.

Translation

Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu took each word specifically and combined it with the word “ātmārāma.” He thus explained the word “ātmārāma” in eighteen different ways.
“ভগবান্, তাঁর শক্তি, তাঁর গুণগণ ।
অচিন্ত্য প্রভাব তিনের না যায় কথন ॥ ১৯৬ ॥
bhagavān, tāṅra śakti, tāṅra guṇa-gaṇa
acintya prabhāva tinera nā yāya kathana

Synonyms

bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tāṅra śaktiHis potencies; tāṅra guṇa-gaṇaHis transcendental qualities; acintyainconceivable; prabhāvathe influence; tineraof the three; not; yāyapossible; kathanato speak.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “The Supreme Personality of Godhead, His different potencies and His transcendental qualities all have inconceivable prowess. It is not possible to explain them fully.
অন্য যত সাধ্য-সাধন করি’ আচ্ছাদন ।
এই তিনে হরে সিদ্ধ-সাধকের মন ॥” ১৯৭ ॥
anya yata sādhya-sādhana kari’ ācchādana
ei tine hare siddha-sādhakera mana

Synonyms

anyaother; yataall; sādhya-sādhanaobjectives and transcendental practices; kari’doing; ācchādanacovering; ei tinethese three; haretake away; siddhasuccessful; sādhakeraof the student engaged in spiritual activities; manathe mind.

Translation

“These three items attract the mind of a perfect student engaged in spiritual activities and overcome all other processes of spiritual activity.”

Purport

Spiritual activities other than bhakti-yoga are divided into three categories — speculative activity conducted by the jñāna-sampradāya (learned scholars), fruitive activity conducted by the general populace according to Vedic regulations, and the activities of transcendentalists not engaged in devotional service. There are many different branches of these categories, but the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by His inconceivable potencies and transcendental qualities, attracts the mind of the student engaged in the activities of karma, jñāna, yoga and so forth. The Supreme Lord is full of inconceivable potencies, which are related to His person, His energies and His transcendental qualities. All of these are very attractive to the serious student. Consequently the Lord is known as Kṛṣṇa, the all-attractive one.
সনকাদি-শুকদেব তাহাতে প্রমাণ ।
এইমত নানা অর্থ করেন ব্যাখ্যান ॥ ১৯৮ ॥
sanakādi-śukadeva tāhāte pramāṇa
ei-mata nānā artha karena vyākhyāna

Synonyms

sanaka-ādithe four Sanas; śukadevaand Śukadeva Gosvāmī; tāhātein that; pramāṇathe evidence; ei-matain this way; nānāvarieties; arthameaning; karenadoes; vyākhyānaexplanation.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu explained the meaning of the verse by giving evidence concerning Śukadeva Gosvāmī and the four ṛṣis Sanaka, Sanat-kumāra, Sanātana and Sanandana. Thus the Lord gave various meanings and explanations.

Purport

That Kṛṣṇa is all-attractive is verified by the activities of the four ṛṣis and Śukadeva Gosvāmī. All of them were liberated persons, yet they were attracted by the qualities and pastimes of the Lord. It is therefore said, muktā api līlayā vigrahaṁ kṛtvā bhagavantaṁ bhajante: “Even liberated persons are attracted by the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa and thus engage in devotional service.” (Cc. Madhya 24.112) From the very beginning of their lives, Śukadeva Gosvāmī and the four Kumāras, known as catuḥ-sana, were liberated and self-realized on the Brahman platform. Nonetheless, they were attracted by the qualities of Kṛṣṇa, and they engaged in His service. The four Kumāras were attracted by the aroma of the flowers offered at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, and in this way they became devotees. Śukadeva Gosvāmī heard Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam by the mercy of his father, Vyāsadeva, and he was consequently attracted to Kṛṣṇa and became a great devotee. The conclusion is that the transcendental bliss experienced in the service of the Lord must be superior to brahmānanda, the bliss derived from realizing the impersonal Brahman.
শুনি’ ভট্টাচার্যের মনে হৈল চমৎকার ।
প্রভুকে কৃষ্ণ জানি’ করে আপনা ধিক্কার ॥ ১৯৯ ॥
śuni’ bhaṭṭācāryera mane haila camatkāra
prabhuke kṛṣṇa jāni’ kare āpanā dhikkāra

Synonyms

śuni’hearing this; bhaṭṭācāryeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; manein the mind; hailathere was; camatkārawonder; prabhukeLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; jāni’accepting as; karedoes; āpanāhimself; dhikkāracondemnation.

Translation

Upon hearing Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s explanation of the ātmārāma verse, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was struck with wonder. He then understood Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to be Kṛṣṇa in person, and he thus condemned himself in the following words.
‘ইঁহো ত’ সাক্ষাৎ কৃষ্ণ, — মুঞি না জানিয়া ।
মহা-অপরাধ কৈনু গর্বিত হইয়া ॥’ ২০০ ॥
‘iṅho ta’ sākṣāt kṛṣṇa, — muñi nā jāniyā
mahā-aparādha kainu garvita ha-iyā’

Synonyms

iṅhoŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ta’indeed; sākṣātdirectly; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; muñiI; not; jāniyāknowing; mahā-aparādhaa great offense; kainudid; garvitaproud; ha-iyābeing.

Translation

“Caitanya Mahāprabhu is certainly Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself. Because I could not understand Him and was very proud of my own learning, I have committed many offenses.”
আত্মনিন্দা করি’ লৈল প্ৰভুর শরণ ।
কৃপা করিবারে তবে প্রভুর হৈল মন ॥ ২০১ ॥
ātma-nindā kari’ laila prabhura śaraṇa
kṛpā karibāre tabe prabhura haila mana

Synonyms

ātma-nindāself-indictment; kari’doing; lailatook; prabhuraof the Lord; śaraṇashelter; kṛpāmercy; karibāreto do; tabethen; prabhuraof the Lord; hailait was; manathe mind.

Translation

When Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya denounced himself as an offender and took shelter of the Lord, the Lord desired to show him mercy.
নিজ-রূপ প্রভু তাঁরে করাইল দর্শন ।
চতুর্ভুজ-রূপ প্রভু হইলা তখন ॥ ২০২ ॥
nija-rūpa prabhu tāṅre karāila darśana
catur-bhuja-rūpa prabhu hā-ilā takhana

Synonyms

nija-rūpapersonal form; prabhuthe Lord; tāṅreunto him; karāilamade; darśanaseeing; catur-bhujafour-handed; rūpaform; prabhuthe Lord; ha-ilābecame; takhanaat that time.

Translation

To show him mercy, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu allowed him to see His Viṣṇu form. Thus He immediately assumed four hands.
দেখাইল তাঁরে আগে চতুর্ভুজ-রূপ ।
পাছে শ্যাম-বংশীমুখ স্বকীয় স্বরূপ ॥ ২০৩ ॥
dekhāila tāṅre āge catur-bhuja-rūpa
pāche śyāma-vaṁśī-mukha svakīya svarūpa

Synonyms

dekhāilashowed; tāṅreunto him; āgeat first; catur-bhuja-rūpathe form with four hands; pācheafterwards; śyāmablackish; vaṁśī-mukhawith a flute to the mouth; svakīyapersonal; svarūpaform.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu first showed him the four-handed form and then appeared before him in His original form of Kṛṣṇa, with a blackish complexion and a flute to His lips.
দেখি’ সার্বভৌম দণ্ডবৎ করি’ পড়ি’ ।
পুনঃ উঠি’ স্তুতি করে দুই কর যুড়ি’ ॥ ২০৪ ॥
dekhi’ sārvabhauma daṇḍavat kari’ paḍi’
punaḥ uṭhi’ stuti kare dui kara yuḍi’

Synonyms

dekhi’seeing that; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; daṇḍavatobeisances; kari’doing; paḍi’falling flat; punaḥagain; uṭhi’standing up; stutiprayer; karedoes; duitwo; karahands; yuḍi’folding.

Translation

When Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya saw the form of Lord Kṛṣṇa manifested in Caitanya Mahāprabhu, he immediately fell down flat to offer Him obeisances. Then he stood up and with folded hands began to offer prayers.
প্রভুর কৃপায় তাঁর স্ফুরিল সব তত্ত্ব ।
নাম-প্রেমদান-আদি বর্ণেন মহত্ত্ব ॥ ২০৫ ॥
prabhura kṛpāya tāṅra sphurila saba tattva
nāma-prema-dāna-ādi varṇena mahattva

Synonyms

prabhuraof the Lord; kṛpāyaby the mercy; tāṅrato him; sphurilamanifested; sabaall; tattvatruths; nāmathe holy name; prema-dānadistribution of love of Godhead; ādiand so on; varṇenadescribes; mahattvathe importance.

Translation

By the mercy of the Lord, all truths were revealed to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, and he could understand the importance of chanting the holy name and distributing love of Godhead everywhere.
শত শ্লোক কৈল এক দণ্ড না যাইতে ।
বৃহস্পতি তৈছে শ্লোক না পারে করিতে ॥ ২০৬ ॥
śata śloka kaila eka daṇḍa nā yāite
bṛhaspati taiche śloka nā pāre karite

Synonyms

śataone hundred; ślokaverses; kailacomposed; ekaone; daṇḍaa duration of twenty-four minutes; not; yāitepassing; bṛhaspatiBṛhaspati, the priest of the heavenly planets; taichesuch; ślokaverses; not; pāreable; kariteto compose.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya composed one hundred verses in a very short time. Indeed, not even Bṛhaspati, the priest of the heavenly planets, could compose verses as quickly.

Purport

The name of the book of one hundred beautiful verses composed by Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya is Suśloka-śataka.
শুনি’ সুখে প্রভু তাঁরে কৈল আলিঙ্গন ।
ভট্টাচার্য প্রেমাবেশে হৈল অচেতন ॥ ২০৭ ॥
śuni’ sukhe prabhu tāṅre kaila āliṅgana
bhaṭṭācārya premāveśe haila acetana

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; sukhein happiness; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅreSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kailadid; āliṅganaembracing; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; prema-āveśein the ecstasy of love of God; hailabecame; acetanaunconscious.

Translation

After hearing the one hundred verses, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu happily embraced Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, who was immediately overwhelmed in ecstatic love of Godhead and fell unconscious.
অশ্রু, স্তম্ভ, পুলক, স্বেদ, কম্প থরহরি ।
নাচে, গায়, কান্দে, পড়ে প্রভু-পদ ধরি’ ॥ ২০৮ ॥
aśru, stambha, pulaka, sveda, kampa tharahari
nāce, gāya, kānde, paḍe prabhu-pada dhari’

Synonyms

aśrutears; stambhaa stunned condition; pulakastanding of hair; svedaperspiration; kampatrembling; tharahariwith great shaking; nācedances; gāyasings; kāndecries; paḍefalls down; prabhu-padathe lotus feet of the Lord; dhari’catching.

Translation

Out of ecstatic love of God, the Bhaṭṭācārya shed tears, and his body was stunned. He exhibited an ecstatic mood, and he perspired, shook and trembled. He sometimes danced, sometimes chanted, sometimes cried and sometimes fell down to touch the lotus feet of the Lord.
দেখি’ গোপীনাথাচার্য হরষিত-মন ।
ভট্টাচার্যের নৃত্য দেখি’ হাসে প্রভুর গণ ॥ ২০৯ ॥
dekhi’ gopīnāthācārya haraṣita-mana
bhaṭṭācāryera nṛtya dekhi’ hāse prabhura gaṇa

Synonyms

dekhi’seeing this; gopīnātha-ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya; haraṣita-manaa pleased mind; bhaṭṭācāyeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; nṛtyadancing; dekhi’seeing; hāselaughs; prabhura gaṇathe associates of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

While Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was in this ecstasy, Gopīnātha Ācārya was very pleased. The associates of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu all laughed to see the Bhaṭṭācārya dance so.
গোপীনাথাচার্য কহে মহাপ্রভুর প্রতি ।
‘সেই ভট্টাচার্যের প্রভু কৈলে এই গতি ॥’ ২১০ ॥
gopīnāthācārya kahe mahāprabhura prati
‘sei bhaṭṭācāryera prabhu kaile ei gati’

Synonyms

gopīnātha-ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya; kahesaid; mahāprabhuraŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pratito; sei bhaṭṭācāryeraof that Bhaṭṭācārya; prabhumy Lord; kaileYou have made; ei gatisuch a situation.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya told Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, “Sir, You have brought all this upon Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.”
প্রভু কহে, — ‘তুমি ভক্ত, তোমার সঙ্গ হৈতে ।
জগন্নাথ ইঁহারে কৃপা কৈল ভালমতে ॥’ ২১১ ॥
prabhu kahe, — ‘tumi bhakta, tomāra saṅga haite
jagannātha iṅhāre kṛpā kaila bhāla-mate’

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; tumi bhaktayou are a devotee; tomāra saṅga haiteon account of your association; jagannāthaLord Jagannātha; iṅhāreunto him; kṛpāmercy; kailashowed; bhāla-matevery well.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “You are a devotee. Because of your association, Lord Jagannātha has shown him mercy.”
তবে ভট্টাচার্যে প্রভু সুস্থির করিল ।
স্থির হঞা ভট্টাচার্য বহু স্তুতি কৈল ॥ ২১২ ॥
tabe bhaṭṭācārye prabhu susthira karila
sthira hañā bhaṭṭācārya bahu stuti kaila

Synonyms

tabethen; bhaṭṭācāryeunto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; su-sthirapacification; kariladid; sthira hañābeing pacified; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; bahumany; stutiprayers; kailaoffered.

Translation

After this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu pacified the Bhaṭṭācārya, and when he was quieted, he offered many prayers to the Lord.
‘জগৎ নিস্তারিলে তুমি, — সেহ অল্পকার্য ।
আমা উদ্ধারিলে তুমি, — এ শক্তি আশ্চর্য ॥ ২১৩ ॥
‘jagat nistārile tumi, — seha alpa-kārya
āmā uddhārile tumi, — e śakti āścarya

Synonyms

jagatthe whole world; nistārilehave delivered; tumiYou; sehathat; alpa-kāryaminor activity; āmāme; uddhārilehave delivered; tumiYou; ethis; śaktipower; āścaryawonderful.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “My dear Sir, You have delivered the entire world, but that is not a very great task. However, You have also delivered me, and that is certainly the work of very wonderful powers.
তর্ক-শাস্ত্রে জড় আমি, যৈছে লৌহপিণ্ড ।
আমা দ্রবাইলে তুমি, প্রতাপ প্রচণ্ড ॥’ ২১৪ ॥
tarka-śāstre jaḍa āmi, yaiche lauha-piṇḍa
āmā dravāile tumi, pratāpa pracaṇḍa’

Synonyms

tarka-śāstredue to logical scriptures; jaḍadull; āmiI; yaichejust like; lauha-piṇḍaan iron bar; āmāme; dravāilemelted; tumiYou; pratāpapower; pracaṇḍavery great.

Translation

“I had become dull-headed due to reading too many books on logic. Consequently I had become like an iron bar. Nonetheless, You have melted me, and therefore Your influence is very great.”
স্তুতি শুনি’ মহাপ্রভু নিজ বাসা আইলা ।
ভট্টাচার্য আচার্য-দ্বারে ভিক্ষা করাইলা ॥ ২১৫ ॥
stuti śuni’ mahāprabhu nija vāsā āilā
bhaṭṭācārya ācārya-dvāre bhikṣā karāilā

Synonyms

stuti śuni’after hearing the prayers; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nijaown; vāsāto the residence; āilāreturned; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; ācārya-dvārethrough Gopīnātha Ācārya; bhikṣāluncheon; karāilāinduced to take.

Translation

After hearing the prayers offered by Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to His residence, and the Bhaṭṭācārya, through Gopīnātha Ācārya, induced the Lord to accept lunch there.
আর দিন প্রভু গেলা জগন্নাথ-দরশনে ।
দর্শন করিলা জগন্নাথ-শয্যোত্থানে ॥ ২১৬ ॥
āra dina prabhu gelā jagannātha-daraśane
darśana karilā jagannātha-śayyotthāne

Synonyms

āra dinathe next day; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; gelāwent; jagannātha-daraśaneto see Jagannātha in the temple; darśana karilāsaw; jagannātha-śayyā-utthānethe Lord’s rising from bed early in the morning.

Translation

Early the following morning, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to see Lord Jagannātha in the temple, and He saw the Lord rise from His bed.
পূজারী আনিয়া মালা-প্রসাদান্ন দিলা ।
প্রসাদান্ন-মালা পাঞা প্রভু হর্ষ হৈলা ॥ ২১৭ ॥
pūjārī āniyā mālā-prasādānna dilā
prasādānna-mālā pāñā prabhu harṣa hailā

Synonyms

pūjārīthe priest; āniyābringing; mālāgarlands; prasāda-annaremnants of food; dilāoffered; prasāda-annathe prasādam; mālāand garlands; pāñāgetting; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; harṣapleased; hailābecame.

Translation

The priest there presented Him with garlands and prasādam that had been offered to Lord Jagannātha. This pleased Caitanya Mahāprabhu very much.
সেই প্রসাদান্ন-মালা অঞ্চলে বান্ধিয়া ।
ভট্টাচার্যের ঘরে আইলা ত্বরাযুক্ত হঞা ॥ ২১৮ ॥
sei prasādānna-mālā añcale bāndhiyā
bhaṭṭācāryera ghare āilā tvarāyukta hañā

Synonyms

sei prasāda-annathose remnants of food; mālāand garlands; añcalein the end of His cloth; bāndhiyābinding; bhaṭṭācāryeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; ghareto the house; āilāwent; tvarā-yuktahasty; hañābeing.

Translation

Carefully tying the prasādam and garlands in a cloth, Caitanya Mahāprabhu hastened to the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
অরুণোদয়-কালে হৈল প্রভুর আগমন ।
সেইকালে ভট্টাচার্যের হৈল জাগরণ ॥ ২১৯ ॥
aruṇodaya-kāle haila prabhura āgamana
sei-kāle bhaṭṭācāryera haila jāgaraṇa

Synonyms

aruṇa-udayabefore sunrise; kāleat the time; hailathere was; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āgamanathe coming; sei-kāleat that time; bhaṭṭācāryeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; hailathere was; jāgaraṇaarising from bed.

Translation

He arrived at the Bhaṭṭācārya’s house a little before sunrise, just when the Bhaṭṭācārya was arising from bed.
‘কৃষ্ণ’ ‘কৃষ্ণ’ স্ফুট কহি’ ভট্টাচার্য জাগিলা ।
কৃষ্ণনাম শুনি’ প্রভুর আনন্দ বাড়িলা ॥ ২২০ ॥
‘kṛṣṇa’ ‘kṛṣṇa’ sphuṭa kahi’ bhaṭṭācārya jāgilā
kṛṣṇa-nāma śuni’ prabhura ānanda bāḍilā

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇachanting the name of Kṛṣṇa; sphuṭadistinctly; kahi’saying; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; jāgilāgot up from the bed; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; śuni’hearing; prabhuraof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ānandapleasure; bāḍilāincreased.

Translation

As Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya arose from bed, he distinctly chanted, “Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa.” Lord Caitanya was very pleased to hear him chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa.
বাহিরে প্রভুর তেঁহো পাইল দরশন ।
আস্তে-ব্যস্তে আসি’ কৈল চরণ বন্দন ॥ ২২১ ॥
bāhire prabhura teṅho pāila daraśana
āste-vyaste āsi’ kaila caraṇa vandana

Synonyms

bāhireoutside the house; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; teṅhohe; pāilagot; daraśanasight; āste-vyastewith great haste; āsi’coming there; kailadid; caraṇa vandanaworshiping the lotus feet.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya noticed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu outside, and with great haste he went to Him and offered prayers unto His lotus feet.
বসিতে আসন দিয়া দুঁহেত বসিলা ।
প্রসাদান্ন খুলি’ প্রভু তাঁর হাতে দিলা ॥ ২২২ ॥
vasite āsana diyā duṅheta vasilā
prasādānna khuli’ prabhu tāṅra hāte dilā

Synonyms

vasiteto sit; āsanacarpet; diyāoffering; duṅhetaboth of them; vasilāsat down; prasāda-annathe prasādam; khuli’opening; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅrahis; hātein the hand; dilāoffered.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya offered a carpet for the Lord to sit upon, and both of them sat there. Then Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu opened the prasādam and placed it in the hands of the Bhaṭṭācārya.
প্রসাদান্ন পাঞা ভট্টাচার্যের আনন্দ হৈল ।
স্নান, সন্ধ্যা, দন্তধাবন যদ্যপি না কৈল ॥ ২২৩ ॥
prasādānna pāñā bhaṭṭācāryera ānanda haila
snāna, sandhyā, danta-dhāvana yadyapi nā kaila

Synonyms

prasāda-annathe remnants of food; pāñāgetting; bhaṭṭācāryeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; ānandapleasure; hailathere was; snānabathing; sandhyāmorning duties; danta-dhāvanawashing the teeth; yadyapialthough; not; kailafinished.

Translation

At that time the Bhaṭṭācārya had not even washed his mouth, nor had he taken his bath or finished his morning duties. Nonetheless, he was very pleased to receive the prasādam of Lord Jagannātha.
চৈতন্য-প্রসাদে মনের সব জাড্য গেল ।
এই শ্লোক পড়ি’ অন্ন ভক্ষণ করিল ॥ ২২৪ ॥
caitanya-prasāde manera saba jāḍya gela
ei śloka paḍi’ anna bhakṣaṇa karila

Synonyms

caitanya-prasādeby the mercy of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; maneraof the mind; sabaall; jāḍyadullness; gelawent away; ei ślokathese verses; paḍi’reciting; annaremnants of food; bhakṣaṇaeating; kariladid.

Translation

By the mercy of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, all the dullness in the mind of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was eradicated. After reciting the following two verses, he ate the prasādam offered to him.
শুষ্কং পর্যুষিতং বাপি নীতং বা দূরদেশতঃ ।
প্রাপ্তিমাত্রেণ ভোক্তব্যং নাত্র কালবিচারণা ॥ ২২৫ ॥
śuṣkaṁ paryuṣitaṁ vāpi
nītaṁ vā dūra-deśataḥ
prāpti-mātreṇa bhoktavyaṁ
nātra kāla-vicāraṇā

Synonyms

śuṣkamdry; paryuṣitamstale; or; apialthough; nītambrought; or; dūra-deśataḥfrom a distant country; prāpti-mātreṇaonly with the receiving; bhoktavyamto be eaten; nanot; atrain this; kāla-vicāraṇāconsideration of time or place.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya said, “ ‘One should eat the mahā-prasādam of the Lord immediately upon receiving it, even though it is dried up, stale or brought from a distant country. One should consider neither time nor place.
ন দেশনিয়মস্তত্র ন কালনিয়মস্তথা ।
প্রাপ্তমন্নং দ্রুতং শিষ্টৈর্ভোক্তব্যং হরিরব্রবীৎ ॥ ২২৬ ॥
na deśa-niyamas tatra
na kāla-niyamas tathā
prāptam annaṁ drutaṁ śiṣṭair
bhoktavyaṁ harir abravīt

Synonyms

nanot; deśaof the country; niyamaḥregulation; tatrain that; nanot; kālaof time; niyamaḥregulation; tathāso also; prāptamreceived; annamprasādam; drutamhastily; śiṣṭaiḥby gentlemen; bhoktavyamto be eaten; hariḥthe Lord; abravīthas said.

Translation

“ ‘The prasādam of Lord Kṛṣṇa is to be eaten by gentlemen as soon as it is received; there should be no hesitation. There are no regulative principles concerning time and place. This is the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.’ ”

Purport

These verses are quoted from the Padma Purāṇa.
দেখি’ আনন্দিত হৈল মহাপ্রভুর মন ।
প্রেমাবিষ্ট হঞা প্রভু কৈলা আলিঙ্গন ॥ ২২৭ ॥
dekhi’ ānandita haila mahāprabhura mana
premāviṣṭa hañā prabhu kailā āliṅgana

Synonyms

dekhi’seeing this; ānanditavery pleased; hailawas; mahāprabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; manathe mind; prema-āviṣṭaabsorbed in the ecstasy of love of God; hañābecoming; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailādid; āliṅganaembracing.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very pleased to see this. He became ecstatic in love of Godhead and embraced Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
দুইজনে ধরি’ দুঁহে করেন নর্তন ।
প্ৰভু-ভৃত্য দুঁহা স্পর্শে, দোঁহার ফুলে মন ॥ ২২৮ ॥
dui-jane dhari’ duṅhe karena nartana
prabhu-bhṛtya duṅhā sparśe, doṅhāra phule mana

Synonyms

dui-janeboth of them; dhari’embracing; duṅheboth; karenado; nartanadancing; prabhu-bhṛtyathe master and the servant; duṅhāboth; sparśeby touching each other; doṅhāraof both of them; phulewere excited; manaminds.

Translation

The Lord and the servant embraced each other and began to dance. Simply by touching each other, they became ecstatic.
স্বেদ-কম্প-অশ্রু দুঁহে আনন্দে ভাসিলা ।
প্রেমাবিষ্ট হঞা প্রভু কহিতে লাগিলা ॥ ২২৯ ॥
sveda-kampa-aśru duṅhe ānande bhāsilā
premāviṣṭa hañā prabhu kahite lāgilā

Synonyms

svedaperspiration; kampatrembling; aśrutears; duṅheboth of them; ānandein transcendental bliss; bhāsilāfloated; prema-āviṣṭaabsorbed in ecstatic love of Godhead; hañābeing; prabhuthe Lord; kahiteto speak; lāgilābegan.

Translation

As they danced and embraced, spiritual symptoms manifested in their bodies. They perspired, trembled and shed tears, and the Lord began to speak in His ecstasy.
“আজি মুঞি অনায়াসে জিনিনু ত্রিভুবন ।
আজি মুঞি করিনু বৈকুন্ঠ আরোহণ ॥ ২৩০ ॥
“āji muñi anāyāse jininu tribhuvana
āji muñi karinu vaikuṇṭha ārohaṇa

Synonyms

ājitoday; muñiI; anāyāsevery easily; jininuconquered; tri-bhuvanathe three worlds; ājitoday; muñiI; karinudid; vaikuṇṭhato the spiritual world; ārohaṇaascending.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “Today I have conquered the three worlds very easily. Today I have ascended to the spiritual world.”

Purport

The goal of human perfection is stated here in brief. One has to surpass all the planetary systems of the material universe, pierce through the covering of the universe and reach the spiritual world, known as Vaikuṇṭhaloka. The Vaikuṇṭhalokas are variegated spiritual planets situated in the Lord’s impersonal bodily effulgence, known as the brahmajyoti. One may aspire to elevate himself to a heavenly planet within the material world, such as the moon, the sun or Venus, but if one is spiritually advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he does not wish to remain within the material universe, even in a higher planetary system. Rather, he prefers to penetrate the covering of the universe and attain the spiritual world. He can then be situated in one of the Vaikuṇṭha planets there. However, the devotees under the guidance of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu aspire to reach the topmost spiritual planet, known as Goloka Vṛndāvana, the residence of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa and His eternal associates.
আজি মোর পূর্ণ হৈল সর্ব অভিলাষ ।
সার্বভৌমের হৈল মহাপ্রসাদে বিশ্বাস ॥ ২৩১ ॥
āji mora pūrṇa haila sarva abhilāṣa
sārvabhaumera haila mahā-prasāde viśvāsa

Synonyms

ājitoday; moraMy; pūrṇasatisfied; hailabecame; sarvaall; abhilāṣadesires; sārvabhaumeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; hailathere was; mahā-prasādein the remnants of the Lord’s food; viśvāsafaith.

Translation

Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “I think that today all My desires have been fulfilled because I see that Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya has acquired faith in the mahā-prasādam of Lord Jagannātha.
আজি তুমি নিষ্কপটে হৈলা কৃষ্ণাশ্রয় ।
কৃষ্ণ আজি নিষ্কপটে তোমা হৈল সদয় ॥ ২৩২ ॥
āji tumi niṣkapaṭe hailā kṛṣṇāśraya
kṛṣṇa āji niṣkapaṭe tomā haila sadaya

Synonyms

ājitoday; tumiyou; niṣkapaṭewithout a doubt; hailāhave become; kṛṣṇa-āśrayaunder the shelter of Lord Kṛṣṇa; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; ājitoday; niṣkapaṭewithout reservation; tomāunto you; hailahas become; sa-dayavery merciful.

Translation

“Indeed, today you have undoubtedly taken shelter of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, and Kṛṣṇa, without reservation, has become very merciful toward you.
আজি সে খণ্ডিল তোমার দেহাদি-বন্ধন ।
আজি তুমি ছিন্ন কৈলে মায়ার বন্ধন ॥ ২৩৩ ॥
āji se khaṇḍila tomāra dehādi-bandhana
āji tumi chinna kaile māyāra bandhana

Synonyms

ājitoday; sethat; khaṇḍiladismantled; tomārayour; deha-ādi-bandhanamaterial bondage due to the bodily concept of life; ājitoday; tumiyou; chinnacut to pieces; kailedid; māyāraof illusory energy; bandhanathe shackles.

Translation

“My dear Bhaṭṭācārya, today you have been released from material bondage in the bodily conception of life; you have cut to pieces the shackles of the illusory energy.
আজি কৃষ্ণপ্রাপ্তি-যোগ্য হৈল তোমার মন ।
বেদ-ধর্ম লঙ্ঘি’ কৈলে প্রসাদ ভক্ষণ ॥” ২৩৪ ॥
āji kṛṣṇa-prāpti-yogya haila tomāra mana
veda-dharma laṅghi’ kaile prasāda bhakṣaṇa”

Synonyms

ājitoday; kṛṣṇa-prāptifor attainment of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa; yogyafit; hailahas become; tomārayour; manamind; vedaof the four Vedas; dharmathe principles; laṅghi’surpassing; kaileyou have done; prasādathe remnants of food offered to Kṛṣṇa; bhakṣaṇaeating.

Translation

“Today your mind has become fit to take shelter of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa because, surpassing the Vedic regulative principles, you have eaten the remnants of food offered to the Lord.
যেষাং স এষ ভগবান্ দয়য়েদনন্তঃ
সর্বাত্মনাশ্রিতপদো যদি নির্ব্যলীকম্ ।
তে দুস্তরামতিতরন্তি চ দেবমায়াং
নৈষাং মমাহমিতিধীঃ শ্বশৃগালভক্ষ্যে ॥ ২৩৫ ॥
yeṣāṁ sa eṣa bhagavān dayayed anantaḥ
sarvātmanāśrita-pado yadi nirvyalīkam
te dustarām atitaranti ca deva-māyāṁ
naiṣāṁ mamāham iti dhīḥ śva-śṛgāla-bhakṣye

Synonyms

yeṣāmunto those who are fully surrendered souls; saḥHe; eṣaḥthis; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; dayayetmay show mercy; anantaḥthe unlimited; sarva-ātmanāfully, without reservation; āśrita-padaḥthose who have taken shelter of the Lord; yadiif; nirvyalīkamwithout duplicity; tesuch persons; dustarāminsurmountable; atitarantisurpass; caalso; deva-māyāmthe illusory material energy; nanot; eṣāmthis; mama aham“my” and “I”; itisuch; dhīḥintelligence; śva-śṛgāla-bhakṣyein the body, which is to be eaten by dogs and jackals.

Translation

“ ‘When a person takes shelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead without reservation, the unlimited, merciful Lord bestows His causeless mercy upon him. Thus he can pass over the insurmountable ocean of nescience. Those whose intelligence is fixed in the bodily conception, who think, “I am this body,” are fit food for dogs and jackals. The Supreme Lord never bestows His mercy upon such people.’ ”

Purport

The Supreme Lord never bestows His benediction upon those fixed in the bodily conception. As Kṛṣṇa clearly states in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.66):
sarva-dharmān parityajyamām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo
mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ
“Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful reactions. Do not fear.”
The verse that Caitanya Mahāprabhu quoted (Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.7.42) explains the meaning of Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s statement. Kṛṣṇa bestowed His causeless mercy upon Arjuna just to get him out of the bodily conception. This was done at the very beginning of the second chapter of the Bhagavad-gītā (2.13), where Kṛṣṇa says, dehino ’smin yathā dehe kaumāraṁ yauvanaṁ jarā. In this body, there is an owner, and one should not consider the body to be the self. This is the first instruction to be assimilated by a devotee. If one is under the bodily conception, he is unable to realize his true identity and engage in the loving devotional service of the Lord. Unless one comes to the transcendental position, he cannot expect the causeless mercy of the Supreme Lord, nor can he cross over the vast ocean of material nescience. Lord Kṛṣṇa confirms this in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.14): mām eva ye prapadyante māyām etāṁ taranti te. Without surrendering unto the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, one cannot expect release from the clutches of māyā, the illusory energy. According to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.2.32), Māyāvādī sannyāsīs who falsely think of themselves as liberated from the clutches of māyā are called vimukta-māninaḥ. Actually, they are not liberated, but they think that they have become liberated and have become Nārāyaṇa Himself. Although they have apparently realized that they are not the material body but spirit soul, they nonetheless neglect the duty of the spirit soul, which is to render service to the Supreme Soul. Therefore their intelligence remains unsanctified. Unless one’s intelligence is sanctified, one cannot apply it to understanding devotional service. Devotional service begins when the mind, intelligence and ego are completely purified. Māyāvādī sannyāsīs do not purify their intelligence, mind and ego, and consequently they cannot engage in the service of the Lord or expect the causeless mercy of the Lord. Although they rise to a very high position by executing severe austerities and penances, they still hover in the material world without the benediction of the lotus feet of the Lord. Sometimes they rise to the Brahman effulgence, but because their minds are not completely purified, they must return to material existence.
The karmīs are fully under the bodily conception of life, and the jñānīs, although theoretically understanding that they are not the body, also have no information about the lotus feet of the Lord because they overly stress impersonalism. Consequently both karmīs and jñānīs are unfit for receiving the mercy of the Lord and becoming devotees. Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura therefore says, karma-kāṇḍa jñāna-kāṇḍa, kevala viṣera bhāṇḍa: those who have taken to the process of karma-kāṇḍa (fruitive activity) and jñāna-kāṇḍa (speculation on the science of transcendence) have simply eaten from poisoned pots. They are condemned to remain in material existence life after life until they take shelter of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. This is confirmed in Śrīmad Bhagavad-gītā (7.19):
bahūnāṁ janmanām antejñānavān māṁ prapadyate
vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti
sa mahātmā su-durlabhaḥ
“After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a great soul is very rare.”
এত কহি’ মহাপ্রভু আইলা নিজ-স্থানে ।
সেই হৈতে ভট্টাচার্যের খণ্ডিল অভিমানে ॥ ২৩৬ ॥
eta kahi’ mahāprabhu āilā nija-sthāne
sei haite bhaṭṭācāryera khaṇḍila abhimāne

Synonyms

eta kahi’speaking in this way; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilāreturned; nija-sthāneto His own residence; sei haitefrom that time; bhaṭṭācāryeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; khaṇḍilawas dismantled; abhimānefalse pride.

Translation

After speaking to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya in this way, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to His residence. From that day on, the Bhaṭṭācārya was free because his false pride had been dismantled.
চৈতন্য-চরণ বিনে নাহি জানে আন ।
ভক্তি বিনু শাস্ত্রের আর না করে ব্যাখ্যান ॥ ২৩৭ ॥
caitanya-caraṇa vine nāhi jāne āna
bhakti vinu śāstrera āra nā kare vyākhyāna

Synonyms

caitanya-caraṇathe lotus feet of Lord Caitanya; vineexcept; nāhinot; jāneknows; ānaother; bhaktidevotional service; vinuexcept; śāstreraof the scripture; āraany other; not; karedoes; vyākhyānaexplanation.

Translation

From that day on, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya did not know anything but the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and from that day he could explain the revealed scriptures only in accordance with the process of devotional service.
গোপীনাথাচার্য তাঁর বৈষ্ণবতা দেখিয়া ।
‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ বলি’ নাচে হাতে তালি দিয়া ॥ ২৩৮ ॥
gopīnāthācārya tāṅra vaiṣṇavatā dekhiyā
‘hari’ ‘hari’ bali’ nāce hāte tāli diyā

Synonyms

gopīnātha-ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya, the brother-in-law of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; tāṅraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; vaiṣṇavatāfirm faith in Vaiṣṇavism; dekhiyāseeing; hari harithe holy name of the Lord; bali’saying; nācedances; hāte tāli diyāclapping his two hands.

Translation

Seeing that Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was firmly fixed in the cult of Vaiṣṇavism, Gopīnātha Ācārya, his brother-in-law, began to dance, clap his hands and chant, “Hari! Hari!”
আর দিন ভট্টাচার্য আইলা দর্শনে ।
জগন্নাথ না দেখি’ আইলা প্রভুস্থানে ॥ ২৩৯ ॥
āra dina bhaṭṭācārya āilā darśane
jagannātha nā dekhi’ āilā prabhu-sthāne

Synonyms

āra dinathe next day; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; āilācame; darśaneto see Lord Jagannātha; jagannāthaLord Jagannātha; dekhi’without seeing; āilācame; prabhu-sthāneto the place of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

The next day, the Bhaṭṭācārya went to visit the temple of Lord Jagannātha, but before he reached the temple, he went to see Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
দণ্ডবৎ করি’ কৈল বহুবিধ স্তুতি ।
দৈন্য করি’ কহে নিজ পূর্বদুর্মতি ॥ ২৪০ ॥
daṇḍavat kari’ kaila bahu-vidha stuti
dainya kari’ kahe nija pūrva-durmati

Synonyms

daṇḍavat kari’after offering obeisances by falling flat on the ground; kailahe did; bahu-vidhavarious types of; stutiprayers; dainya kari’in great humbleness; kahedescribes; nijahis personal; pūrva-durmatiprevious bad disposition.

Translation

When he met Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Bhaṭṭācārya fell down flat to offer Him respects. After offering various prayers to Him, he spoke of his previous bad disposition with great humility.
ভক্তিসাধন-শ্রেষ্ঠ শুনিতে হৈল মন ।
প্রভু উপদেশ কৈল নাম-সংকীর্তন ॥ ২৪১ ॥
bhakti-sādhana-śreṣṭha śunite haila mana
prabhu upadeśa kaila nāma-saṅkīrtana

Synonyms

bhakti-sādhanain the execution of devotional service; śreṣṭhathe most important item; śuniteto hear; hailait was; manathe mind; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; upadeśaadvice; kailagave; nāma-saṅkīrtanachanting of the holy name of the Lord.

Translation

Then the Bhaṭṭācārya asked Caitanya Mahāprabhu, “Which item is most important in the execution of devotional service?” The Lord replied that the most important item was the chanting of the holy name of the Lord.

Purport

There are nine items to be executed in devotional service. These are enumerated in the following verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.5.23):
śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥsmaraṇaṁ pāda-sevanam
arcanaṁ vandanaṁ dāsyaṁ
sakhyam ātma-nivedanam
Hearing the glories of the Lord, chanting, remembering, serving the lotus feet of the Lord, offering worship in the temple, offering prayers, becoming a servant of the Lord, becoming the Lord’s friend, and sarvātma-nivedana, offering oneself fully at the lotus feet of the Lord — these are the nine devotional processes. In The Nectar of Devotion, these are expanded into sixty-four items. When Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya asked the Lord which item was most important, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu immediately answered that the most important item is the chanting of the holy names of the Lord — Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. He then quoted the following verse from the Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa (thirty-eighth chapter, verse 126) to confirm His statement.
হরের্নাম হরের্নাম হরের্নামৈব কেবলম্ ।
কলৌ নাস্ত্যেব নাস্ত্যেব নাস্ত্যেব গতিরন্যথা ॥ ২৪২ ॥
harer nāma harer nāma
harer nāmaiva kevalam
kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva
nāsty eva gatir anyathā

Synonyms

hareḥ nāmathe holy name of the Lord Hari; hareḥ nāmathe holy name of the Lord Hari; hareḥ nāmathe holy name of the Lord; evacertainly; kevalamonly; kalauin this Age of Kali; na astithere is not; evacertainly; na astithere is not; evacertainly; na astithere is not; evacertainly; gatiḥmeans; anyathāother.

Translation

“ ‘In this age of quarrel and hypocrisy, the only means of deliverance is the chanting of the holy names of the Lord. There is no other way. There is no other way. There is no other way.’ ”

Purport

Because the people of this age are so fallen, they can simply chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. In this way they can rid themselves of the bodily conception of life and become eligible to engage in the Lord’s devotional service. One cannot engage in the devotional service of the Lord without being purified of all contamination. This is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.28):
yeṣāṁ tv anta-gataṁ pāpaṁjanānāṁ puṇya-karmaṇām
te dvandva-moha-nirmuktā
bhajante māṁ dṛḍha-vratāḥ
“Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life and whose sinful actions are completely eradicated are freed from the dualities of delusion, and they engage themselves in My service with determination.” Sometimes people are surprised to see young men and women take so seriously to the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. By giving up sinful activity — illicit sex, meat-eating, intoxication and gambling — and strictly following the injunctions given by the spiritual master, they have become purified of all contamination. They can therefore fully engage in the devotional service of the Lord.
In this Age of Kali, hari-kīrtana is very, very important. The importance of chanting the holy name of the Lord is stated in the following verses from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (12.3.51-52):
kaler doṣa-nidhe rājannasti hy eko mahān guṇaḥ
kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya
mukta-saṅgaḥ paraṁ vrajet
kṛte yad dhyāyato viṣṇuṁtretāyāṁ yajato makhaiḥ
dvāpare paricaryāyāṁ
kalau tad dhari-kīrtanāt
“The most important factor in this Age of Kali, which is an ocean of faults, is that one can be free from all contamination and become eligible to enter the kingdom of God simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. The self-realization that was achieved in the Satya millennium by meditation, in the Tretā millennium by the performance of different sacrifices, and in the Dvāpara millennium by worship of Lord Kṛṣṇa can be achieved in the Age of Kali simply by chanting the holy names, Hare Kṛṣṇa.”
এই শ্লোকের অর্থ শুনাইল করিয়া বিস্তার ।
শুনি’ ভট্টাচার্য-মনে হৈল চমৎকার ॥ ২৪৩ ॥
ei ślokera artha śunāila kariyā vistāra
śuni’ bhaṭṭācārya-mane haila camatkāra

Synonyms

ei ślokeraof this verse; arthathe meaning; śunāilamade hear; kariyādoing; vistāraextensive description; śuni’hearing; bhaṭṭācāryaof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; manein the mind; hailathere was; camatkārawonder.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu very elaborately explained the harer nāma verse of the Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa, and Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was struck with wonder to hear His explanation.
গোপীনাথাচার্য বলে — ‘আমি পূর্বে যে কহিল ।
শুন, ভট্টাচার্য, তোমার সেই ত’ হইল’ ॥ ২৪৪ ॥
gopīnāthācārya bale, — ‘āmi pūrve ye kahila
śuna, bhaṭṭācārya, tomāra sei ta’ ha-ila’

Synonyms

gopīnātha-ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya; balesays; āmiI; pūrvepreviously; yewhat; kahilasaid; śunahear; bhaṭṭācāryamy dear Bhaṭṭācārya; tomārayour; seithat; ta’indeed; ha-ilahas happened.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya reminded Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, “My dear Bhaṭṭācārya, what I foretold to you has now taken place.”

Purport

Previously Gopīnātha Ācārya had informed Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya that when he would be blessed by the Lord he would thoroughly understand the transcendental process of devotional service. This prediction was now fulfilled. The Bhaṭṭācārya was fully converted to the cult of Vaiṣṇavism, and he was following the principles automatically, without being pressured. In the Bhagavad-gītā (2.40) it is therefore said, sv-alpam apy asya dharmasya trāyate mahato bhayāt: “Simply by performing a little devotional service, one can escape the greatest danger.” Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya had been in the greatest danger because he had adhered to Māyāvāda philosophy. Somehow or other he came into contact with Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and became a perfect devotee. In this way he was saved from the great falldown of impersonalism.
ভট্টাচার্য কহে তাঁরে করি’ নমস্কারে ।
তোমার সম্বন্ধে প্রভু কৃপা কৈল মোরে ॥ ২৪৫ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya kahe tāṅre kari’ namaskāre
tomāra sambandhe prabhu kṛpā kaila more

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācārya kaheSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied; tāṅreunto Gopīnātha Ācārya; kari’doing; namaskāreobeisances; tomāra sambandheon account of your relationship; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kṛpāmercy; kailashowed; moreunto me.

Translation

Offering his obeisances to Gopīnātha Ācārya, the Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Because I am related to you and you are a devotee, by your mercy the Lord has shown mercy to me.
তুমি — মহাভাগবত, আমি — তর্ক-অন্ধে ।
প্রভু কৃপা কৈল মোরে তোমার সম্বন্ধে ॥ ২৪৬ ॥
tumi — mahābhāgavata, āmi — tarka-andhe
prabhu kṛpā kaila more tomāra sambandhe

Synonyms

tumiyou; mahā-bhāgavataa first-class devotee; āmiI; tarka-andhein the darkness of logical arguments; prabhuthe Lord; kṛpāmercy; kailashowed; moreunto me; tomārayour; sambandheby the relationship.

Translation

“You are a first-class devotee, whereas I am in the darkness of logical arguments. Because of your relationship with the Lord, the Lord has bestowed His benediction upon me.”
বিনয় শুনি’ তুষ্ট্যে প্রভু কৈল আলিঙ্গন ।
কহিল, — যাঞা করহ ঈশ্বর দরশন ॥ ২৪৭ ॥
vinaya śuni’ tuṣṭye prabhu kaila āliṅgana
kahila, — yāñā karaha īśvara daraśana

Synonyms

vinaya śuni’upon hearing this humbleness of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; tuṣṭyein satisfaction; prabhuthe Lord; kailadid; āliṅganaembracing; kahilasaid; yāñāgoing; karahado; īśvara daraśanavisiting the temple of Lord Jagannātha.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very pleased with this humble statement. After embracing the Bhaṭṭācārya, He said, “Now go see Lord Jagannātha in the temple.”
জগদানন্দ দামোদর, — দুই সঙ্গে লঞা ।
ঘরে আইল ভট্টাচার্য জগন্নাথ দেখিয়া ॥ ২৪৮ ॥
jagadānanda dāmodara, — dui saṅge lañā
ghare āila bhaṭṭācārya jagannātha dekhiyā

Synonyms

jagadānandaJagadānanda; dāmodaraDāmodara; duitwo persons; saṅgewith him; lañātaking; ghareto his home; āilareturned; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; jagannāthaLord Jagannātha; dekhiyāseeing in the temple.

Translation

After visiting the temple of Lord Jagannātha, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya returned home with Jagadānanda and Dāmodara.
উত্তম উত্তম প্রসাদ বহুত আনিলা ।
নিজবিপ্ৰ-হাতে দুই জনা সঙ্গে দিলা ॥ ২৪৯ ॥
uttama uttama prasāda bahuta ānilā
nija-vipra-hāte dui janā saṅge dilā

Synonyms

uttama uttamavery first-class; prasādaremnants of food offered to Jagannātha; bahutain great quantity; ānilābrought; nija-vipraof his own brāhmaṇa servant; hātein the hand; duitwo; janāpersons; saṅgewith him; dilāgave.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya brought large quantities of excellent food remnants blessed by Lord Jagannātha. All this prasādam was given to his own brāhmaṇa servant, along with Jagadānanda and Dāmodara.
নিজ কৃত দুই শ্লোক লিখিয়া তালপাতে ।
‘প্ৰভুকে দিহ’ বলি’ দিল জগদানন্দ হাতে ॥ ২৫০ ॥
nija kṛta dui śloka likhiyā tāla-pāte
‘prabhuke diha’ bali’ dila jagadānanda-hāte

Synonyms

nijaby him; kṛtacomposed; duitwo; ślokaverses; likhiyāwriting; tāla-pāteon a leaf of a palm tree; prabhuke dihagive to Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bali’saying this; dilagave it; jagadānanda-hātein the hands of Jagadānanda.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya then composed two verses on the leaf of a palm tree. Giving the palm leaf to Jagadānanda Prabhu, the Bhaṭṭācārya requested him to deliver it to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
প্ৰভু-স্থানে আইলা দুঁহে প্রসাদ-পত্রী লঞা ।
মুকুন্দ দত্ত পত্রী নিল তার হাতে পাঞা ॥ ২৫১ ॥
prabhu-sthāne āilā duṅhe prasāda-patrī lañā
mukunda datta patrī nila tāra hāte pāñā

Synonyms

prabhu-sthāneto the place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was residing; āilāwent back; duṅheboth Jagadānanda and Dāmodara; prasādathe remnants of food; patrīthe leaf of a palm tree; lañātaking; mukunda dattaMukunda Datta; patrīthe leaf of a palm tree; nilatook; tāraof Jagadānanda; hātein the hand; pāñāreceiving.

Translation

Jagadānanda and Dāmodara then returned to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, bringing Him both the prasādam and the palm leaf on which the verses were composed. But Mukunda Datta took the palm leaf from the hands of Jagadānanda before he could deliver it to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
দুই শ্লোক বাহির-ভিতে লিখিয়া রাখিল ।
তবে জগদানন্দ পত্রী প্রভুকে লঞা দিল ॥ ২৫২ ॥
dui śloka bāhira-bhite likhiyā rākhila
tabe jagadānanda patrī prabhuke lañā dila

Synonyms

duitwo; ślokaverses; bāhiraoutside; bhiteon the wall; likhiyāwriting; rākhilakept; tabethereafter; jagadānandaJagadānanda Prabhu; patrīthe palm leaf; prabhuketo the Lord; lañātaking; diladelivered.

Translation

Mukunda Datta then copied the two verses on the wall outside the room. After this, Jagadānanda took the palm leaf from Mukunda Datta and delivered it to Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
প্রভু শ্লোক পড়ি’ পত্র ছিণ্ডিয়া ফেলিল ।
ভিত্ত্যে দেখি’ ভক্ত সব শ্লোক কণ্ঠে কৈল ॥ ২৫৩ ॥
prabhu śloka paḍi’ patra chiṇḍiyā phelila
bhittye dekhi’ bhakta saba śloka kaṇṭhe kaila

Synonyms

prabhuthe Lord; ślokaverses; paḍi’reading; patrathe palm leaf; chiṇḍiyātearing to pieces; phelilathrew; bhittyeon the outside wall; dekhi’seeing; bhaktathe devotees; sabaall; ślokaverses; kaṇṭhewithin the throat; kailakept.

Translation

As soon as Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu read the two verses, He immediately tore up the palm leaf. However, all the devotees read these verses on the outside wall, and they all kept them within their hearts. The verses read as follows.
বৈরাগ্য-বিদ্যা-নিজ-ভক্তিযোগ-শিক্ষার্থমেকঃ পুরুষঃ পুরাণঃ ।
শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্যশরীরধারী কৃপাম্বুধির্যস্তমহং প্ৰপদ্যে ॥ ২৫৪ ॥
vairāgya-vidyā-nija-bhakti-yoga-
śikṣārtham ekaḥ puruṣaḥ purāṇaḥ
śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-śarīra-dhārī
kṛpāmbudhir yas tam ahaṁ prapadye

Synonyms

vairāgyadetachment from everything that does not help develop Kṛṣṇa consciousness; vidyāknowledge; nijaown; bhakti-yogadevotional service; śikṣā-arthamjust to instruct; ekaḥthe single person; puruṣaḥthe Supreme Person; purāṇaḥvery old, or eternal; śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanyaof Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śarīra-dhārīaccepting the body; kṛpā-ambudhiḥthe ocean of transcendental mercy; yaḥwho; tamunto Him; ahamI; prapadyesurrender.

Translation

“Let me take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who has descended in the form of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu to teach us real knowledge, His devotional service and detachment from whatever does not foster Kṛṣṇa consciousness. He has descended because He is an ocean of transcendental mercy. Let me surrender unto His lotus feet.

Purport

This verse and the following verse are included in the Caitanya-candrodaya-nāṭaka (6.74-75), by Śrī Kavi-karṇapūra.
কালান্নষ্টং ভক্তিযোগং নিজং যঃ
প্ৰাদুষ্কর্তুং কৃষ্ণচৈতন্যনামা ।
আবির্ভূতস্তস্য পাদারবিন্দে
গাঢ়ং গাঢ়ং লীয়তাং চিত্তভৃঙ্গঃ ॥ ২৫৫ ॥
kālān naṣṭaṁ bhakti-yogaṁ nijaṁ yaḥ
prāduṣkartuṁ kṛṣṇa-caitanya-nāmā
āvirbhūtas tasya pādāravinde
gāḍhaṁ gāḍhaṁ līyatāṁ citta-bhṛṅgaḥ

Synonyms

kālātfrom misuse of material propensities and attachment to fruitive activities and speculative knowledge over the course of time; naṣṭamdestroyed; bhakti-yogamthe science of devotional service; nijamwhich is applicable to Him only; yaḥone who; prāduṣkartumto revive; kṛṣṇa-caitanya-nāmānamed Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āvirbhūtaḥwho has appeared; tasyaHis; pāda-aravindein the lotus feet; gāḍham gāḍhamvery deeply; līyatāmlet it be merged; citta-bhṛṅgaḥmy consciousness, like a honeybee.

Translation

“Let my consciousness, which is like a honeybee, take shelter of the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who has just now appeared as Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu to teach the ancient system of devotional service to Himself. This system had almost been lost due to the influence of time.”

Purport

As Lord Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.7):
yadā yadā hi dharmasyaglānir bhavati bhārata
abhyutthānam adharmasya
tadātmānaṁ sṛjāmy aham
“Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, O descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion — at that time I descend Myself.”
This is also the case with Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s appearance. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu appeared in this world as a disguised incarnation of Kṛṣṇa, but His appearance is confirmed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the Mahābhārata and other Vedic scriptures. He appeared in order to teach the fallen souls in this material world, for in this Age of Kali almost everyone has become attached to fruitive and ritualistic activities and mental speculation. Consequently there was a great need to revive the system of devotional service. The Lord Himself personally came down disguised as a devotee so that the fallen populace might take advantage of the Lord’s example.
At the conclusion of the Bhagavad-gītā, Lord Kṛṣṇa advised complete surrender unto Him, promising all protection to His devotee. Unfortunately, people are so fallen that they cannot accept the instructions of Lord Kṛṣṇa; therefore Kṛṣṇa returned with the same mission, but He executed it in a different way. As Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He ordered us to surrender unto Himself, but as Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, He taught us how to surrender to Kṛṣṇa. Therefore He is praised by the Gosvāmīs: namo mahā-vadānyāya kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāye te. Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa is certainly the Personality of Godhead, but He is not as magnanimous as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Lord Kṛṣṇa simply gave orders for one to become His devotee (man-manā bhava mad-bhaktaḥ), but Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu actually taught the process of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. If one wants to become a devotee of Kṛṣṇa, he must first take shelter of the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, following in the footsteps of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and other exalted devotees.
এই দুই শ্লোক — ভক্তকন্ঠে রত্নহার ।
সার্বভৌমের কীর্তি ঘোষে ঢক্কাবাদ্যাকার ॥ ২৫৬ ॥
ei dui śloka — bhakta-kaṇṭhe ratna-hāra
sārvabhaumera kīrti ghoṣe ḍhakkā-vādyākāra

Synonyms

ei dui ślokathese two verses; bhakta-kaṇṭheon the necks of the devotees; ratna-hārapearl necklaces; sārvabhaumeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kīrtireputation; ghoṣedeclare; ḍhakkāof a drum; vādyaof the sound; ākārain the form.

Translation

These two verses composed by Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya will always declare his name and fame as loudly as a pounding drum, for they have become pearl necklaces around the necks of all devotees.
সার্বভৌম হৈলা প্রভুর ভক্ত একতান ।
মহাপ্রভুর সেবা-বিনা নাহি জানে আন ॥ ২৫৭ ॥
sārvabhauma hailā prabhura bhakta ekatāna
mahāprabhura sevā-vinā nāhi jāne āna

Synonyms

sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; hailābecame; prabhuraof the Lord; bhaktaa devotee; ekatānawithout deviation; mahāprabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sevāservice; vināexcept; nāhinot; jāneknows; ānaanything else.

Translation

Indeed, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya became an unalloyed devotee of Caitanya Mahāprabhu; he did not know anything but the service of the Lord.
‘শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য শচীসূত গুণধাম’ ।
এই ধ্যান, এই জপ, লয় এই নাম ॥ ২৫৮ ॥
‘śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya śacī-sūta guṇa-dhāma’
ei dhyāna, ei japa, laya ei nāma

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanyaLord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śacī-sūtathe son of mother Śacī; guṇa-dhāmathe reservoir of all good qualities; eithis; dhyānameditation; eithis; japachanting; layahe takes; eithis; nāmaholy name.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya always chanted the holy name of Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya, son of mother Śacī and reservoir of all good qualities. Indeed, chanting the holy names became his meditation.
একদিন সার্বভৌম প্রভু-আগে আইলা ।
নমস্কার করি’ শ্লোক পড়িতে লাগিলা ॥ ২৫৯ ॥
eka-dina sārvabhauma prabhu-āge āilā
namaskāra kari’ śloka paḍite lāgilā

Synonyms

eka-dinaone day; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; prabhu-āgein front of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilācame; namaskāra kari’after offering obeisances; ślokaa verse; paḍite lāgilābegan to recite.

Translation

One day Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya came before Caitanya Mahāprabhu and, after offering obeisances, began to recite a verse.
ভাগবতের ‘ব্রহ্মস্তবে’র শ্লোক পড়িলা ।
শ্লোক-শেষে দুই অক্ষর-পাঠ ফিরাইলা ॥ ২৬০ ॥
bhāgavatera ‘brahma-stave’ra śloka paḍilā
śloka-śeṣe dui akṣara-pāṭha phirāilā

Synonyms

bhāgavaterafrom Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; brahma-staveraof the prayers of Lord Brahmā; ślokaa verse; paḍilārecited; śloka-śeṣeat the end of the verse; dui akṣaraof two syllables; pāṭhathe reading; phirāilāchanged.

Translation

He began to quote one of Lord Brahmā’s prayers from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, but he changed two syllables at the end of the verse.
তত্তেঽনুকম্পাং সুসমীক্ষমাণো ভুঞ্জান এবাত্মকৃতং বিপাকম্ ।
হৃদ্বাগ্বপুর্ভির্বিদধন্নমস্তে জীবেত যো ভক্তিপদে স দায়ভাক্ ॥ ২৬১ ॥
tat te ’nukampāṁ su-samīkṣamāṇo
bhuñjāna evātma-kṛtaṁ vipākam
hṛd-vāg-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te
jīveta yo bhakti-pade sa dāya-bhāk

Synonyms

tattherefore; teYour; anukampāmcompassion; su-samīkṣamāṇaḥhoping for; bhuñjānaḥenduring; evacertainly; ātma-kṛtamdone by himself; vipākamfruitive results; hṛtwith the heart; vākwords; vapurbhiḥand body; vidadhanoffering; namaḥobeisances; teunto You; jīvetamay live; yaḥanyone who; bhakti-padein devotional service; saḥhe; dāya-bhāka bona fide candidate.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya recited, “ ‘One who seeks Your compassion and thus tolerates all kinds of adverse conditions due to the karma of his past deeds, who engages always in Your devotional service with his mind, words and body, and who always offers obeisances unto You is certainly a bona fide candidate for becoming Your unalloyed devotee.’ ”

Purport

When reciting this verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.14.8), Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya changed the original reading from mukti-pade to bhakti-pade. Mukti means liberation and merging into the impersonal Brahman effulgence. Bhakti means rendering transcendental service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Because of having developed pure devotional service, the Bhaṭṭācārya did not like the word mukti-pade, which refers to the impersonal Brahman feature of the Lord. However, he was not authorized to change a word in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu will explain. Although the Bhaṭṭācārya changed the word in his devotional ecstasy, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu did not approve of it.
প্রভু কহে, ‘মুক্তিপদে’ — ইহা পাঠ হয় ।
‘ভক্তিপদে’ কেনে পড়, কি তোমার আশয় ॥ ২৬২ ॥
prabhu kahe, ‘mukti-pade’ — ihā pāṭha haya
‘bhakti-pade’ kene paḍa, ki tomāra āśaya

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; mukti-padethe word mukti-pade; ihāthis; pāṭhathe reading; hayais; bhakti-padethe word bhakti-pade; kenewhy; paḍayou read; kiwhat; tomārayour; āśayaintention.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu immediately pointed out, “In that verse the word is ‘mukti-pade,’ but you have changed it to ‘bhakti-pade.’ What is your intention?”
ভট্টাচার্য কহে — ‘ভক্তি’-সম নহে মুক্তি-ফল ।
ভগবদ্ভক্তিবিমুখের হয় দণ্ড কেবল ॥ ২৬৩ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya kahe, — ‘bhakti’-sama nahe mukti-phala
bhagavad-bhakti-vimukhera haya daṇḍa kevala

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kahesaid; bhaktidevotional service; samaequal to; nahenot; muktiof liberation; phalathe result; bhagavat-bhaktito the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vimukheraof one who is averse to; hayait is; daṇḍathe punishment; kevalaonly.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied, “The awakening of pure love of Godhead, which is the result of devotional service, far surpasses liberation from material bondage. For those averse to devotional service, merging into the Brahman effulgence is a kind of punishment.”

Purport

In the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa it is said:
siddha-lokas tu tamasaḥpāre yatra vasanti hi
siddhā brahma-sukhe magnā
daityāś ca hariṇā hatāḥ
“In Siddhaloka [Brahmaloka] there live two kinds of living entities — those who are killed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead due to their having been demons in their previous lives and those who are very fond of enjoying the impersonal effulgence of the Lord.” The word tamasaḥ means “the coverings of the universe.” Layers of material elements cover the universe, and outside these coverings is the impersonal Brahman effulgence. If one is destined to remain in the Lord’s impersonal effulgence, he misses the opportunity to render service to the Personality of Godhead. Therefore devotees consider remaining in the impersonal Brahman effulgence a kind of punishment. Sometimes devotees think of merging into the Brahman effulgence, and consequently they are promoted to Siddhaloka. Because of their impersonal understanding, they are actually punished. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya continues to explain the distinction between mukti-pada and bhakti-pada in the following verses.
কৃষ্ণের বিগ্রহ যেই সত্য নাহি মানে ।
যেই নিন্দা-যুদ্ধাদিক করে তাঁর সনে ॥ ২৬৪ ॥
সেই দুইর দণ্ড হয় — ‘ব্রহ্মসাযুজ্য-মুক্তি’ ।
তার মুক্তি ফল নহে, যেই করে ভক্তি ॥ ২৬৫ ॥
kṛṣṇera vigraha yei satya nāhi māne
yei nindā-yuddhādika kare tāṅra sane
sei duira daṇḍa haya — ‘brahma-sāyujya-mukti’
tāra mukti phala nahe, yei kare bhakti

Synonyms

kṛṣṇeraof Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa; vigrahathe transcendental form; yeianyone who; satyaas truth; nāhinot; māneaccepts; yeianyone who; nindāblaspheming; yuddha-ādikafighting and so forth; karedoes; tāṅra sanewith Him, Śrī Kṛṣṇa; seithese; duiraof the two; daṇḍa hayathere is punishment; brahma-sāyujya-muktimerging into the Brahman effulgence; tāraof him; muktisuch liberation; phalathe result; nahenot; yeiwho; kareexecutes; bhaktidevotional service.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya continued, “The impersonalists, who do not accept the transcendental form of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, and the demons, who are always engaged in blaspheming and fighting with Him, are punished by being merged into the Brahman effulgence. But that does not happen to the person engaged in the devotional service of the Lord.
যদ্যপি সে মুক্তি হয় পঞ্চ-পরকার ।
সালোক্য-সামীপ্য-সারূপ্য-সার্ষ্টি-সাযুজ্য আর ॥ ২৬৬ ॥
yadyapi se mukti haya pañca-parakāra
sālokya-sāmīpya-sārūpya-sārṣṭi-sāyujya āra

Synonyms

yadyapialthough; sethat; muktiliberation; hayais; pañca-parakāraof five different varieties; sālokyaof the name sālokya; sāmīpyaof the name sāmīpya; sārūpyaof the name sārūpya; sārṣṭiof the name sārṣṭi; sāyujyaof the name sāyujya; āraand.

Translation

“There are five kinds of liberation: sālokya, sāmīpya, sārūpya, sārṣṭi and sāyujya.

Purport

Sālokya means that after material liberation one is promoted to the planet where the Supreme Personality of Godhead resides, sāmīpya means remaining an associate of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, sārūpya means attaining a four-handed form exactly like that of the Lord., sārṣṭi means attaining opulences like those of the Supreme Lord, and sāyujya means merging into the Brahman effulgence of the Lord. These are the five types of liberation.
‘সালোক্যাদি’ চারি যদি হয় সেবা-দ্বার ।
তবু কদাচিৎ ভক্ত করে অঙ্গীকার ॥ ২৬৭ ॥
‘sālokyādi’ cāri yadi haya sevā-dvāra
tabu kadācit bhakta kare aṅgīkāra

Synonyms

sālokya-ādibeginning with sālokya; cārifour kinds of liberation; yadiif; hayaare; sevā-dvāraa means of rendering service to the Lord; tabustill; kadācitoccasionally; bhaktaa pure devotee; karemakes; aṅgīkāraacceptance.

Translation

“If there is a chance to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a pure devotee sometimes accepts the sālokya, sārūpya, sāmīpya or sārṣṭi forms of liberation, but never sāyujya.
‘সাযুজ্য’ শুনিতে ভক্তের হয় ঘৃণা ভয় ।
নরক বাঞ্ছয়ে, তবু সাযুজ্য না লয় ॥ ২৬৮ ॥
‘sāyujya’ śunite bhaktera haya ghṛṇā-bhaya
naraka vāñchaye, tabu sāyujya nā laya

Synonyms

sāyujyaliberation by merging into the effulgence; śuniteeven to hear; bhakteraof the devotee; hayathere is; ghṛṇāhatred; bhayafear; narakaa hellish condition of life; vāñchayehe desires; tabustill; sāyujyamerging into the effulgence of the Lord; layanever accepts.

Translation

“A pure devotee does not like even to hear about sāyujya-mukti, which inspires him with fear and hatred. Indeed, the pure devotee would rather go to hell than merge into the effulgence of the Lord.”

Purport

Śrīla Prabodhānanda Sarasvatī has sung, kaivalyaṁ narakāyate. The impersonalist’s conception of becoming one with the effulgence of the Lord is exactly like hell. Therefore, of the five types of liberation, the first four (sālokya, sāmīpya, sārūpya and sārṣṭi) are not so undesirable because they can be avenues of service to the Lord. Nonetheless, a pure devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa rejects even these types of liberation; he aspires only to serve Kṛṣṇa birth after birth. He is not very interested in stopping the repetition of birth, for he simply desires to serve the Lord, even in hellish circumstances. Consequently the pure devotee hates and fears sāyujya-mukti, merging into the effulgence of the Lord. This merging is due to an offense committed against the transcendental loving service of the Lord, and therefore it is not at all desirable for a pure devotee.
ব্ৰহ্মে, ঈশ্বরে সাযুজ্য দুই ত’ প্রকার ।
ব্রহ্ম-সাযুজ্য হৈতে ঈশ্বর-সাযুজ্য ধিক্কার ॥ ২৬৯ ॥
brahme, īśvare sāyujya dui ta’ prakāra
brahma-sāyujya haite īśvara-sāyujya dhikkāra

Synonyms

brahmein the Brahman effulgence; īśvarein the body of the Lord; sāyujyamerging; duitwo; ta’indeed; prakāravarieties; brahma-sāyujyamerging into the Brahman effulgence; haitethan; īśvara-sāyujyamerging into the body of the Lord; dhikkāramore abominable.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya continued, “There are two kinds of sāyujya-mukti: merging into the Brahman effulgence and merging into the personal body of the Lord. Merging into the Lord’s body is even more abominable than merging into His effulgence.”

Purport

According to the opinion of the Māyāvādī Vedāntists, the living entity’s ultimate success is to merge into the impersonal Brahman. The impersonal Brahman, or bodily effulgence of the Supreme Lord, is known as Brahmaloka or Siddhaloka. According to the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.40), yasya prabhā prabhavato jagad-aṇḍa-koṭi: the material universes are generated from the bodily rays of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Yogīs who follow the principles of Patañjali accept the personality of the Absolute Truth, but they want to merge into the transcendental body of the Supreme Lord. That is their desire. Being the greatest authority, the Supreme Lord can easily allow many millions of living entities to merge into His body. The origin of everything is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Bhagavān, and His bodily effulgence is known as the brahmajyoti, Brahmaloka or Siddhaloka. Thus Brahmaloka or Siddhaloka is a place where many sparklike living entities, parts and parcels of the Supreme Lord, are assembled. Because these living entities do not wish to keep their individual existences, they are combined and allowed to remain in Brahmaloka like so many atomic particles of sunshine emanating from the sun.
The word siddha is very significant. Siddha refers to one who has realized the Brahman effulgence and who has complete knowledge that the living entity is not a material atom but a spiritual spark. This understanding is described in the Bhagavad-gītā as brahma-bhūta. In the conditioned state, the living entity is known as jīva-bhūta, or “the living force within matter.” Brahma-bhūta living entities are allowed to stay in Brahmaloka or Siddhaloka, but unfortunately they sometimes again fall into the material world because they are not engaged in devotional service. This is supported by the verse in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam beginning ye ’nye ’ravindākṣa. (Bhāg. 10.2.32) These semiliberated souls falsely claim to be liberated, but unless one engages in devotional service to the Lord, he is still materially contaminated. Therefore these living entities have been described as vimukta-māninaḥ, meaning that they falsely consider themselves liberated although their intelligence is not yet purified. Although these living entities undergo severe austerities to rise to the platform of Siddhaloka, they cannot remain there perpetually, for they are bereft of ānanda (bliss). Even though these living entities attain the brahma-bhūta stage and realize the Supreme Personality of Godhead through His bodily effulgence, they nonetheless fall down due to neglecting the Lord’s service. They do not properly utilize whatever little knowledge they have of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Not attaining ānanda, or bliss, they come down to the material world to enjoy. This is certainly a falldown for one who is actually liberated. The bhaktas consider such a falldown equal to achieving a place in hell.
The followers of the Patañjali yoga system actually want to merge into the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This indicates that they do not want to engage in His service despite their knowledge of Him, and thus their position is even more abominable than that of those who want to merge into the Lord’s effulgence. These yogīs meditate on the four-handed Viṣṇu form of the Lord in order to merge into His body. The Patañjali system describes the form of the Lord as kleśa-karma-vipākāśayair aparāmṛṣṭaḥ puruṣa-viśeṣa īśvaraḥ: “The Supreme Personality of Godhead is a person who does not partake of a miserable material life.” The yogīs accept the eternity of the Supreme Person in one of their mantras — sa pūrveṣām api guruḥ kālānavacchedāt: “Such a person is always supreme and is not influenced by the element of time.” The followers of the Patañjali system therefore accept the eternity of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, yet, according to them, puruṣārtha-śūnyānāṁ pratiprasavaḥ kaivalyaṁ svarūpa-pratiṣṭhā vā citi-śaktir iti. They believe that in the perfectional stage, the conception of puruṣa is vanquished. According to their description, citi-śaktir iti. They believe that when one becomes perfect, he cannot remain a person. This yoga system is therefore abominable because its final conception is impersonal. In the beginning, these yogīs accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but they ultimately give up this idea in order to become impersonal. They are most unfortunate because although they have a personal conception of the Absolute Truth, they neglect to render devotional service to the Lord and thus fall down again into the material world. As mentioned above, this idea is supported by Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 10.2.32: aruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ tataḥ patanty adho ’nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ. Due to neglecting the lotus feet of the Lord, these yogīs again fall down into the material existence (patanty adhaḥ). Consequently this path of yoga is more abominable than the impersonalists’ path. This conclusion is also supported by Lord Kapiladeva in the following verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.29.13).
সালোক্য-সার্ষ্টি-সামীপ্য সারূপ্যৈকত্বমপ্যুত ।
দীয়মানং ন গৃহ্ণন্তি বিনা মৎ-সেবনং জনাঃ ॥ ২৭০ ॥
sālokya-sārṣṭi-sāmīpya-
sārūpyaikatvam apy uta
dīyamānaṁ na gṛhṇanti
vinā mat-sevanaṁ janāḥ

Synonyms

sālokyathe liberation of living in the same planet as the Lord; sārṣṭito have opulence exactly like that of the Lord; sāmīpyato associate always with the Lord; sārūpyato achieve a body like that of the Lord; ekatvamto merge into the body of the Lord; apialthough; utait is said; dīyamānambeing offered; nanot; gṛhṇantido accept; vināwithout; matMy; sevanamservice; janāḥthe pure devotees.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya concluded, “ ‘Even though he is offered all kinds of liberation, the pure devotee does not accept them. He is fully satisfied engaging in the service of the Lord.’ ”
প্রভু কহে, — ‘মুক্তিপদে’র আর অর্থ হয় ।
মুক্তিপদ-শব্দে ‘সাক্ষাৎ ঈশ্বর’ কহয় ॥ ২৭১ ॥
prabhu kahe, — ‘mukti-pade’ra āra artha haya
mukti-pada-śabde ‘sākṣāt īśvara’ kahaya

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; mukti-paderaof the term mukti-pade; āraanother; arthameaning; hayathere is; mukti-pada-śabdeby the word mukti-pada; sākṣātdirectly; īśvarathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kahayais said.

Translation

Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “The word ‘mukti-pade’ has another meaning. ‘Mukti-pada’ directly refers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
মুক্তি পদে যাঁর, সেই ‘মুক্তিপদ’ হয় ।
কিম্বা নবম পদার্থ ‘মুক্তির’ সমাশ্রয় ॥ ২৭২ ॥
mukti pade yāṅra, sei ‘mukti-pada’ haya
kimvā navama padārtha ‘muktira’ samāśraya

Synonyms

muktiliberation; padeat the lotus feet; yāṅraof whom; seisuch a person; mukti-pada hayais known as mukti-pada; kimvāor; navamaninth; pada-arthasubject matter; muktiraof liberation; samāśrayashelter.

Translation

“All kinds of liberation exist under the feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; therefore He is known as mukti-pada. According to another meaning, mukti is the ninth subject, and the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the shelter of liberation.

Purport

Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa is also known as Mukunda, or He who gives transcendental bliss by offering all kinds of mukti. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is divided into twelve cantos, and in the Ninth Canto different kinds of mukti are described. But the Tenth Canto is the actual center of all discussions of mukti because the Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is the tenth subject discussed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, is the exclusive subject of the Tenth Canto. Since all types of muktis reside at the lotus feet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, He may be called mukti-pada.
দুই-অর্থে ‘কৃষ্ণ’ কহি, কেনে পাঠ ফিরি ।
সার্বভৌম কহে, — ও-পাঠ কহিতে না পারি ॥ ২৭৩ ॥
dui-arthe ‘kṛṣṇa’ kahi, kene pāṭha phiri
sārvabhauma kahe, — o-pāṭha kahite nā pāri

Synonyms

dui-artheby two interpretations; kṛṣṇaLord Śrī Kṛṣṇa; kahiI accept; kenewhy; pāṭhareading; phirichanging; sārvabhauma kaheSārvabhauma replied; o-pāṭhasuch a reading; kahiteto say; not; pāriam able.

Translation

“Since I can understand Kṛṣṇa according to these two meanings,” Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “what point is there in changing the verse?”
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied, “I was not able to give that reading to the verse.

Purport

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied, “I was not able to give that reading to the verse.
যদ্যপি তোমার অর্থ এই শব্দে কয় ।
তথাপি ‘আশ্লিষ্য-দোষে’ কহন না যায় ॥ ২৭৪ ॥
yadyapi tomāra artha ei śabde kaya
tathāpi ‘āśliṣya-doṣe’ kahana nā yāya

Synonyms

yadyapialthough; tomāraYour; arthameaning; eithis; śabdeby the word; kayais said; tathāpistill; āśliṣya-doṣeby the fault of ambiguity; kahanato say; not; yāyapossible.

Translation

“Although Your explanation is correct, it should not be used, because there is ambiguity in the word ‘mukti-pada.’
যদ্যপি ‘মুক্তি’-শব্দের হয় পঞ্চ বৃত্তি ।
রূঢ়িবৃত্ত্যে কহে তবু ‘সাযুজ্যে’ প্রতীতি ॥ ২৭৫ ॥
yadyapi ‘mukti’-śabdera haya pañca vṛtti
rūḍhi-vṛttye kahe tabu ‘sāyujye’ pratīti

Synonyms

yadyapialthough; mukti-śabderaof the word mukti; hayathere are; pañca vṛttifive meanings; rūḍhi-vṛttyeby the chief or direct meaning; kaheit says; tabustill; sāyujyeto become one with the Supreme; pratītithe conception.

Translation

“The word ‘mukti’ refers to five kinds of liberation. But its direct meaning usually conveys the idea of becoming one with the Lord.
মুক্তি-শব্দ কহিতে মনে হয় ঘৃণা-ত্রাস ।
ভক্তি-শব্দ কহিতে মনে হয় ত’ উল্লাস ॥ ২৭৬ ॥
mukti-śabda kahite mane haya ghṛṇā-trāsa
bhakti-śabda kahite mane haya ta’ ullāsa

Synonyms

mukti-śabdathe word mukti; kahiteby pronouncing; manein the mind; hayathere is; ghṛṇāhatred; trāsaand fear; bhakti-śabdathe word bhakti; kahiteto speak; manein the mind; hayathere is; ta’indeed; ullāsatranscendental joy.

Translation

“The very sound of the word ‘mukti’ immediately induces hate and fear, but when we say the word ‘bhakti,’ we naturally feel transcendental bliss within the mind.”
শুনিয়া হাসেন প্রভু আনন্দিত-মনে ।
ভট্টাচার্যে কৈল প্রভু দৃঢ় আলিঙ্গনে ॥ ২৭৭ ॥
śuniyā hāsena prabhu ānandita-mane
bhaṭṭācārya kaila prabhu dṛḍha āliṅgane

Synonyms

śuniyāhearing this explanation; hāsenalaughs; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ānandita-manewith great pleasure in His mind; bhaṭṭācāryaunto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kailadid; prabhuthe Lord; dṛḍhafirm; āliṅganeembracing.

Translation

Upon hearing this explanation, the Lord began to laugh and, with great pleasure, immediately embraced Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya very firmly.
যেই ভট্টাচার্য পড়ে পড়ায় মায়াবাদে ।
তাঁর ঐছে বাক্য স্ফুরে চৈতন্য-প্রসাদে ॥ ২৭৮ ॥
yei bhaṭṭācārya pade paḍāya māyāvāde
tāṅra aiche vākya sphure caitanya-prasāde

Synonyms

yeithat; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; paḍereads; paḍāyateaches; māyāvādethe philosophy of Māyāvāda impersonalism; tāṅrahis; aichesuch; vākyaexplanation; sphuremanifested; caitanya-prasādeby the mercy of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Indeed, that very person who had been accustomed to reading and teaching Māyāvāda philosophy was now even hating the word “mukti.” This was possible only by the mercy of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
লোহাকে যাবৎ স্পর্শি’ হেম নাহি করে ।
তাবৎ স্পর্শমণি কেহ চিনিতে না পারে ॥ ২৭৯ ॥
lohāke yāvat sparśi’ hema nāhi kare
tāvat sparśa-maṇi keha cinite nā pāre

Synonyms

lohākeiron; yāvatas long as; sparśi’touching; hemagold; nāhinot; karetransforms; tāvatuntil then; sparśa-maṇithe touchstone; kehasomeone; ciniteto recognize; not; pāreis able.

Translation

As long as it does not turn iron into gold by its touch, no one can recognize an unknown stone to be a touchstone.
ভট্টাচার্যের বৈষ্ণবতা দেখি’ সর্বজন ।
প্রভুকে জানিল — ‘সাক্ষাৎ ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন’ ॥ ২৮০ ॥
bhaṭṭācāryera vaiṣṇavatā dekhi’ sarva-jana
prabhuke jānila — ‘sākṣāt vrajendra-nandana’

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācāryeraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; vaiṣṇavatāclear understanding of Vaiṣṇava philosophy; dekhi’seeing; sarva-janaall persons; prabhukeLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jānilaknew; sākṣātdirectly; vrajendra-nandanaKṛṣṇa, the son of Mahārāja Nanda.

Translation

Upon seeing transcendental Vaiṣṇavism in Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, everyone could understand that Lord Caitanya was none other than Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja.
কাশীমিশ্র-আদি যত নীলাচলবাসী ।
শরণ লইল সবে প্ৰভু-পদে আসি’ ॥ ২৮১ ॥
kāśī-miśra-ādi yata nīlācala-vāsī
śaraṇa la-ila sabe prabhu-pade āsi’

Synonyms

kāśī-miśraKāśī Miśra; ādiheading the list; yataall; nīlācala-vāsīthe residents of Jagannātha Purī; śaraṇashelter; la-ilatook; sabeall; prabhu-padeto the lotus feet of the Lord; āsi’coming.

Translation

After this incident, all the inhabitants of Jagannātha Purī, headed by Kāśī Miśra, came to take shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord.
সেই সব কথা আগে করিব বর্ণন ।
সার্বভৌম করে যৈছে প্রভুর সেবন ॥ ২৮২ ॥
sei saba kathā āge kariba varṇana
sārvabhauma kare yaiche prabhura sevana

Synonyms

sei sabaall these; kathānarrations; āgelater; karibaI shall make; varṇanadescription; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; karedoes; yaicheas; prabhuraof the Lord; sevanaservice.

Translation

Later I shall describe how Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya always engaged in the service of the Lord.
যৈছে পরিপাটী করে ভিক্ষা-নিৰ্বাহন ।
বিস্তারিয়া আগে তাহা করিব বর্ণন ॥ ২৮৩ ॥
yaiche paripāṭī kare bhikṣā-nirvāhana
vistāriyā āge tāhā kariba varṇana

Synonyms

yaichehow; paripāṭīperfectly; karedoes; bhikṣāof offering alms; nirvāhanathe execution; vistāriyāin full detail; āgelater; tāhāthat; kariba varṇanaI shall describe.

Translation

I shall also describe in full detail how Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya perfectly rendered service to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu by offering Him alms.
এই মহাপ্ৰভুর লীলা — সার্বভৌম-মিলন ।
ইহা যেই শ্রদ্ধা করি’ করয়ে শ্রবণ ॥ ২৮৪ ॥
জ্ঞান-কর্মপাশ হৈতে হয় বিমোচন ।
অচিরে মিলয়ে তাঁরে চৈতন্যচরণ ॥ ২৮৫ ॥
ei mahāprabhura līlā — sārvabhauma-milana
ihā yei śraddhā kari’ karaye śravaṇa
jñāna-karma-pāśa haite haya vimocana
acire milaye tāṅre caitanya-caraṇa

Synonyms

eithis; mahāprabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; līlāpastime; sārvabhauma-milanameeting with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; ihāthis; yeianyone who; śraddhāfaith; kari’having; karayedoes; śravaṇahearing; jñāna-karmaof speculation and fruitive activities; pāśathe net; haitefrom; hayathere is; vimocanaliberation; acirevery soon; milayemeets; tāṅresuch a devotee; caitanya-caraṇathe lotus feet of Lord Caitanya.

Translation

If one hears with faith and love these pastimes concerning Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s meeting with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, he very soon is freed from the net of speculation and fruitive activity and attains the shelter of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s lotus feet.
শ্রীরূপ-রঘুনাথ-পদে যার আশ ।
চৈতন্যচরিতামৃত কহে কৃষ্ণদাস ॥ ২৮৬ ॥
śrī-rūpa-raghunātha-pade yāra āśa
caitanya-caritāmṛta kahe kṛṣṇadāsa

Synonyms

śrī-rūpaŚrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; raghunāthaŚrīla Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī; padeat the lotus feet; yārawhose; āśaexpectation; caitanya-caritāmṛtathe book named Caitanya-caritāmṛta; kahedescribes; kṛṣṇadāsaŚrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī.

Translation

Praying at the lotus feet of Śrī Rūpa and Śrī Raghunātha, always desiring their mercy, I, Kṛṣṇadāsa, narrate Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, following in their footsteps.

Purport

Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, sixth chapter, describing the liberation of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.